Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Sterling Bancorp

Sterling Bancorp

stl · NYSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker stl
Exchange NYSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2007 Annual Report · Sterling Bancorp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Why Sterling?

STERLING BANCORP
STERLING NATIONAL BANK

    A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 0 7

C O R P O R A T E   P R O F I L E

Sterling Bancorp (NYSE: STL) is a New York-based banking and financial services company 

that  serves  the  needs  of  businesses,  professionals  and  individuals.  With  assets  exceeding 

$2.0 billion, Sterling offers a broad array of products and services, combined with a unique 

high-touch  approach  to  customer  service.  The  Company’s  principal  banking  subsidiary, 

Sterling National Bank, with offices in New York City and Queens, Nassau and Westchester 

counties, was founded in 1929.

Known for its focus on business customers, Sterling offers such services as working capital 

lines, asset-based financing, factoring and accounts receivable management, payroll funding 

and  processing,  equipment  leasing  and  financing,  commercial  and  residential  mortgages, 

international trade financing, cash management, a wide array of deposit products, trust and 

estate administration, and investment management services.

Why Sterling?

Focus on the NY-Metro Market and Beyond 

Commitment to Business Customers 

Diverse, Value-Added Products and Services 

Talented and Accessible People at All Levels 

Track Record of Strength and Stability

Serving business customers in one of the world’s most attractive markets, Sterling offers an 

extensive product portfolio that rivals the services of the largest financial institutions. At the 

same  time,  Sterling  provides  customers  with  the  attentive,  personalized  service  typical  of 

community banks. Our highly talented, dedicated and accessible professionals are skilled in 

creating individualized solutions for customers to serve a wide range of financial needs.

Sterling’s exceptional mix of top-notch products, services and people, together with a track 

record  of  financial  strength,  has  delivered  a  consistent  outcome  for  decades—helping 

customers  grow,  succeed  and  achieve  their  financial  goals.  Our  commitment  to  this 

seemingly  simple  business  strategy  has  been  the  source  of  Sterling’s  unique  marketplace 

advantage for nearly 80 years.

Sterlingleadership

In 2007, Sterling continued to focus on providing unsurpassed 

service to our customers, and on our commitment to building 

value for our shareholders. As a result, we continued to meet 

the needs of our marketplace and grow our business during a 

challenging period for the financial markets.

John C. Millman
President

Louis J. Cappelli
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

A   M E S S A G E   F R O M   O U R   C H A I R M A N   A N D   P R E S I D E N T

Sterling’s  2007  financial  results  were  highlighted  by  a 

challenges faced by many institutions over the past year. 

41% rise in earnings per share. Net income increased to 

Underwriting  discipline  and  the  avoidance  of  higher-risk 

$14.6  million  or  $0.79  per  diluted  share,  up  from  $10.8 

asset classes are the keys to our strong credit quality. There 

million  or  $0.56  per  diluted  share  for  2006.  At  a  time  of 

is also no substitute for experience: we know our custom-

earnings  volatility  for  many  financial  companies,  we  can 

ers  and  our  markets,  and  that  knowledge  is  reflected  in 

point with pride to our track record of sequential growth in 

the high quality of our lending and investment portfolios.

EPS from continuing operations throughout the past year: 

$0.19  in  the  first  quarter,  $0.20  in  the  second  quarter, 

$0.21 in the third quarter, and $0.23 in the fourth quarter.

To be specific, Sterling has minimal exposure to sub-prime 

mortgages, consumer debt and home equity loans, credit 

card  receivables,  auto  loans,  or  other  asset  types  that 

Our strong performance in 2007 reflected Sterling’s long-

have  posed  problems  in  the  current  market.  Our  mort-

term focus on providing unsurpassed service to custom-

gage company is focused on FHA-insured and conform-

ers, maintaining the quality of our loans and investments, 

ing  loans  and  other  high  quality  products.  And  our 

and enhancing shareholder value.

balance  sheet  has  none  of  the  exotic  instruments  such 

Overall,  we  experienced  sustained  demand  for  our 

services in the New York-Metropolitan area marketplace 

and  beyond.  Loans  held  in  portfolio,  net  of  unearned 

discount, set a record, averaging $1.07 billion for 2007—a 

6.7% growth rate. Total deposits averaged $1.50 billion—

up 7.9%. Noninterest-bearing deposits were 35% of total 

deposits  at  the  end  of  2007,  one  of  the  highest  ratios  of 

demand to total deposits in our industry.

Strong Credit Quality in the Spotlight.
Sterling’s  longstanding  commitment  to  sound  risk  man-

agement  enabled  us  to  avoid  the  severe  credit  quality

as  collateralized  debt  obligations  (CDOs)  or  structured 

investment vehicles (SIVs) that have caused deep losses 

for others.

Commitment to Shareholder Value.
During 2007, Sterling paid four quarterly cash dividends 

of  $0.19  per  share  each.  Our  history  of  uninterrupted 

dividends  now  spans  248  consecutive  quarters—one  of 

the longest dividend track records among publicly listed 

companies. The Board of Directors further demonstrated 

its confidence in the Company’s prospects and commit-

ment  to  shareholder  value  by  repurchasing  862,000 

2

common shares, or 4.6% of our total common shares out-

Sterling is ready, willing and able to provide outstanding 

standing, during the year.

service  to  our  customers—and  to  deliver  value  to  our 

Looking ahead, it appears that the turmoil in the financial 

markets will extend into 2008. While we should not under-

estimate the challenges ahead for the economy, we also 

believe  this  environment  may  offer  opportunities  for  a 

strong,  service-oriented  institution  such  as  Sterling.  The 

realities  of  the  marketplace  may  lead  to  more  rational 

risk-adjusted pricing, and therefore more balanced com-

petitive  conditions.  As  other  institutions  in  our  markets 

feel the adverse impact of credit risk, capital constraints 

and  disruptions  due  to  industry  consolidation,  we  will 

continue  to  be  a  strong  financial  partner  for  businesses 

and individuals.

shareholders—as we have done through a range of eco-

nomic cycles over nearly 80 years. As always, we appre-

ciate  the  support  of  our  shareholders,  the  confidence 

placed in us by our customers and clients, the guidance 

of our Board of Directors, and the dedicated efforts of our 

employees.  We  look  forward  to  continued  performance 

and progress in the years ahead.

Louis J. Cappelli

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

John C. Millman

President

2007 Highlights:

(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:0)Total assets top the $2.0 billion milestone, up 

6.7% for the year.

(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:0)Sequential growth in earnings per share from 

continuing operations throughout 2007.

(cid:78)(cid:0)Strong, sustained asset quality.

(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:0)Full-year net interest margin of 4.49% 
among the highest in our peer group.

(cid:78)(cid:0)(cid:0)62nd year of continuous quarterly cash 

dividends for shareholders.

LOAN GROWTH
(dollars in millions)

DEPOSIT GROWTH (1)
(dollars in millions)

$1,300

1,200

1,100

1,000

900

800

700

$1,700

1,600

1,500

1,400

1,300

1,200

1,100

’03

’04

’05

’06

’07

December 31,

’03

’04

’05

’06

’07

December 31,

(1) Includes customer repurchase agreements.

3

Sterlingsolutions

Creating solutions that are individually-tailored 

to the needs of each customer’s business is the 

hallmark of Sterling’s approach to service.

P A R T N E R I N G   W I T H   O U R   C U S T O M E R S

From  our  full  array  of  products  and  services,  to  the  tal-

system.  And  staffing  companies  use  our  payroll  funding 

ented  people  who  “make  it  happen”,  Sterling  provides  a 

and  processing  system  to  generate  payroll  checks 

unique advantage to our customers and clients. A distin-

directly from their offices that can be automatically funded 

guishing  feature  of  our  commitment  to  all  is  the  ability 

by Sterling.

to  draw  on  our  extensive  portfolio  of  financial  services 

to  create  solutions  that  are  individually  tailored  to  fit  the 

needs of specific types of businesses.

The  long-term  nature  of  many  of  our  customer  relation-

ships is a reflection of the effective financial solutions and 

superior service that Sterling offers. In the case of a waste 

Innovative Products, Individual Solutions

management contractor, a customer for three generations 

Reflecting our commitment to service, Sterling has devel-

over  75  years,  we  provide  asset-based  financing,  lease 

oped proprietary products to meet the specialized needs 

finance  services  and  payroll  deposit  accounts.  For  a 

of  our  clients.  For  professional  service  firms  and  similar 

healthcare  staffing  company  that  has  had  a  12-year 

businesses,  we  created  the  convenient  Remote  Deposit 

relationship  with  Sterling,  we  developed  a  package  of 

Service,  which  lets  them  scan  checks  from  their  office 

services including accounts receivable financing and an 

and  transmit  the  images  to  Sterling  for  deposit.  Real 

array  of  deposit  and  business  operating  accounts.  An 

estate  attorneys  praise  Sterling  EZ-Cert ®,  which  stream-

importer  of  cameras  and  electronics,  a  customer  for  10 

lines  closings  by  allowing  them  to  order  and  print  certi-

years, relies on Sterling for revolving credit, trade financ-

fied  checks  in  their  offices  using  secure  technology. 

ing and receivables management.

Long-term  care  providers,  such  as  assisted  living  and 

nursing  care  facilities,  use  our  Fa$tLink  cash  manage-

ment  services  to  administer  Medicaid,  Social  Security 

and  tenant  security  deposits  for  their  residents.  Inter-

national  trade  customers  can  conduct  business  more 

easily  with  our  Sterlinks  II  web-based  letter  of  credit 

4

Our  culture  of  service,  breadth  of  innovative  products 

and services, and readiness to develop customized solu-

tions  have  made  Sterling  the  ideal  partner  for  growing 

businesses.

Every Sterling customer knows, “Our doors are open 

all the way to the top.” We go the extra mile to enable 

our customers’ businesses to grow.

Company Name: Home Essentials & Beyond, Inc.

Headquarters: New York, NY

President: Isidore Godinger

Member of Sterling Family Since: 1999

Sterling Solution: Sterling brings superior customer 
service to the table for Home Essentials, a leading 
houseware importer and distributor, which takes 
advantage of our cash management, depository 
and internet banking services.

(cid:84)

Company Name: Deleet Merchandising Corp.

Company Name: Atlas Media Corp.

(cid:84)

Headquarters: Newark, NJ

Chairman: Richard Liroff

Member of Sterling Family Since: 1991

Sterling Solution: For Deleet, a nationwide printing 
services company, Sterling’s accounts receivable 
and commercial real estate financing, as well 
as depository and remote banking services, have 
made a lasting impression.

(cid:84)

Headquarters: New York, NY

President: Bruce Klein

Member of Sterling Family Since: 1994

Sterling Solution: Atlas Media is an educational film 
studio whose programs have been shown on 
television and HBO. Sterling treats this customer 
like a “big production” with a credit facility, 
depository, cash management and 
internet banking services.

Sterlingservice

We are proud of our broad array of products, but it is our 

A  prime  example  of  our  dedication  and  willingness  to 

commitment  to  high-touch  service  that  truly  marks  the 

“go the extra mile” in customer service was our response 

“Sterling  Difference”.  Our  extensive  portfolio  of  products 

to  the  steam  pipe  explosion  that  impacted  thousands  of 

and  services  is  delivered  by  a  team  of  talented,  experi-

businesses  in  New  York’s  Grand  Central  Station  area  in 

enced  and  dedicated  professionals  who  build  close 

the  summer  of  2007.  Sterling’s  Grand  Central  Station 

working relationships with their clients.

branch  is  located  one  block  from  the  actual  explosion 

Accessible Professionals, Exceptional Service

Delivering  superior  service  is  Sterling’s  primary  mission.

At  all  levels,  our  people  take  the  concept  of  “partnering 

with customers” very seriously. Every one of our personal 

bankers  is  highly  trained  and  motivated  to  understand 

each client’s business  goals  and  challenges,  and  craft 

specialized solutions. Most importantly, we offer unparal-

site,  and  employees  witnessed  first  hand  the  financial 

impact  the  explosion  had  on  their  neighbors.  Sterling 

quickly  assembled  a  special  program  coupling  door-to-

door  outreach  with  simplified  access  to  loans  for  those 

most in need. Our team customized a financial solution to 

the specific requirements of each customer to help them 

get back to business.

leled  access  to  our  senior  decision  makers.  At  Sterling, 

At Sterling, the personal involvement and accessibility of 

service  has  a  human  voice—during  business  hours  our 

our  people  are  second  nature—and  second  to  none. 

phones are answered by people, not voice mail, to ensure 

These values are shared by all of our executives, including 

that  every  call  receives  personal  attention  and  a  prompt 

our Chairman and President. As every Sterling customer 

response.

knows, “Our doors are open all the way to the top.”

7

Sterlingstrength

At  Sterling,  our  core  strength  is  serving  the  needs  of 

rely  on—to  deliver  on  our  commitments  today  and  to 

growing  businesses—which  can  often  find  themselves 

make strategic investments in the future.

overlooked  and  underserved  by  larger  financial  institu-

tions. As a result, we continually attract and retain a loyal 

customer  base  representing  a  diverse  cross-section  of 

the  economy:  manufacturers,  distributors  and  wholesal-

ers;  financial  and  real  estate  companies;  professional 

service  firms;  educational,  healthcare,  public  and  non-

profit organizations; as well as numerous other businesses 

and  individuals.  Our  service  philosophy  has  resulted  in 

customer  relationships  that  have  spanned  decades  and 

Sterling  has  consistently  invested  in  new  products,  ser-

vices,  technologies  and  locations  to  better  serve  our 

marketplace. We have expanded our banking locations in 

recent years, and now operate thirteen bank offices: ten 

in New York City and Queens, two in Nassau County, and 

one in Westchester County. We also offer a wide array of 

online  financial  services,  putting  our  resources  at  the 

customer’s fingertips with a few keystrokes.

even generations.

Since our founding in 1929, we have grown our  business 

Resources You Can Rely On

As a well-capitalized financial institution with high liquid-

ity,  Sterling  has  the  financial  strength  customers  can 

by helping our customers to grow their businesses. In the 

process, Sterling has become a significant resource that 

businesses, professionals and individuals can depend on.

Sterling has the financial strength 

customers can rely on—to deliver 

on our commitments today and 

to make strategic investments in 

the future.

8

(cid:84)

Company Name: Greenville Colorants

Headquarters: Jersey City, NJ

Co-Chairmen: Robert Weiss and Ronald Weiss

Member of Sterling Family Since: 2005

Sterling Solution: Greenville Colorants is a producer 
of chemical dyes and color technology used in a 
variety of industries. They appreciate the full 
spectrum of services available from Sterling, 
including accounts receivable financing and 
management, cash management, internet 
banking and letters of credit.

Why Sterling?

Our unique combination of people, products, 

and commitment to partnering with customers 

continues to make Sterling the preferred financial 

services choice for generations of businesses, 

professionals and individuals since 1929.

We offer a Sterling opportunity.

STERLING BANCORP
STERLING NATIONAL BANK

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Hon. Robert Abrams
Member, Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP; 
former Attorney General of the State of New 
York; former Bronx Borough President

Joseph M. Adamko
Former Managing Director, 
Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company
(now J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.)

Louis J. Cappelli
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
of the Company; Chairman of 
Sterling National Bank

Walter Feldesman
Senior Counsel, Thelen Reid 
Brown Raysman & Steiner LLP

Hon. Fernando Ferrer
Co-Chairman, Fleischman-Hillard 
Government Relations and FH Hispania;
Chairman, Poden Insurance Agency LLC, 
former Bronx Borough President

Dr. Allan F. Hershfield
President, Resources for the 21st Century; 
former President of Fashion Institute 
of Technology

Henry J. Humphreys
Counselor–Permanent Observer, Mission 
of the Sovereign Military Order of Malta 
to the United Nations; former Chancellor 
and Chief Operating Officer, American 
Association of the Sovereign Military 
Order of Malta

Robert W. Lazar
Senior Advisor, Independent Bankers 
Association of New York State;
former President and Chief Executive 
Officer of New York Business Development 
Corporation

John C. Millman
President of the Company; 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
of Sterling National Bank

Hon. Eugene T. Rossides
Retired Senior Partner, Rogers & Wells LLP 
(now Clifford Chance US LLP); 
former Assistant Secretary, United States 
Treasury Department

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

A N NUAL M EETI N G

TR ANSFER AGENT/R EGI STR AR

The Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Sterling Bancorp 
will be held at 10:45 a.m., Thursday, May 1, 2008 at The Fox 
Hollow, 7725 Jericho Turnpike, Woodbury, NY 11797.

BNY Mellon Shareowner Services
480 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310-1900

I N D EPEN D ENT R EGI STER ED PUBLI C ACCOUNTING FI R M

KPMG LLP

C OUNSEL

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP

C OMMON STOC K L I ST I N G

New York Stock Exchange Symbol: STL

FO R M 10-K AN D O TH ER
SHAR EHOLDER I NFORMATION

Copies of Sterling Bancorp’s Annual Report to the Securities 
and Exchange Commission, Form 10-K, and other shareholder 
information may be obtained by contacting John W. Tietjen or 
Dale C. Fredston at the Company’s executive office located at 
650 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10019-6108.

10

STERLING BANCORP OFFICERS

Louis J. Cappelli
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Howard M. Applebaum
Senior Vice President

John C. Millman
President

John W. Tietjen
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer

Dale C. Fredston
Senior Vice President and 
Corporate Secretary

Seth H. Ugelow
Senior Vice President and 
Controller

Joel M. Schprechman
Vice President and Treasurer

STERLING NATIONAL BANK OFFICERS

Louis J. Cappelli
Chairman

John C. Millman
President and 
Chief Executive Officer

EXECUTIVE VI C E PR ESI D ENTS

Howard M. Applebaum
Michael Bizenov
Dale C. Fredston
Eliot S. Robinson
John W. Tietjen

S EN IOR VI C E PR ESI D ENTS

Dixiana M. Berrios
Joseph L. Campbell
Kenneth E. Cohen
Andrew Corsi
Joseph Costanza
Jeffrey S. Fliegel
John C. Gallo
Allen J. Gershlak
Patricia E. Hrotko
Irving Kahn
Robert L. Krause
Neal B. Krumper
John P. LaLota
Monica S. Lercher
John B. McCormack
Thomas P. McGevna
Anthony V. Migliorino
Wayne G. Miller
Robert Nisi
Steven A. Orenstein
Gayle A. Riecks
Leonard Rudolph
Michael J. Scheller
Joel M. Schprechman
Mindy F. Stern
Seth H. Ugelow

FI RST VI C E PR ESI DENTS

Richard F. Assaf
Thomas M. Braunstein
William H. Breitman
Salvatore F. Costa
Elizabeth R. Forgione
Robert J. Formica
Thomas M. Frankel
Marie T. Giunto
Anthony M. Grosso
Steven W. Hebert
Leonard M. Imperiale
Benjamin S. Katz
Kenneth A. Lee
Mary Anne E. Lindenbaum
Murray R. Markowitz
Kenneth J. Marte
David Minder
Samuel T. Nicoletti
Edward Nugent
Robert A. Schnitzer
Vivian Tarnowski
Carol H. Treventi

VI C E PR ESI DENTS

Sadia Affrin
Leszek K. Borysiak
Anthony Cantone
Anthony J. Colao
Paul A. Colontino
Andres Correa
Francis L. DeFranco
Dawn E. DeLuca 
Norka Del Rios
Charles I. Derr
Andrea Diaz
Daniel J. Doody
Patrick G. Duffy

Alex A. Eshmoili
Luz M. Figueroa
Richard L. Friedman
Helen Galpin
Peter E. Gardner
Steven Georgeson
Sonia A. Gordon
Julia Haxhitasi
Rosemarie Henry
John J. Howe
Paulette K. Johnson
Robert F. Knox
Kevin E. Kress
Richard J. Kruse
Mary Jane G. Lerias
Carol R. Lieber
Michael J. Madeo
George W. Moraitis
Patricia O. Mungo
Robert E. Nuytkens
Maureen O’Leary
Cynthia M. Paret
Ron A. Prezelmayer
Barbara A. Riordan
Anna Roina
John R. Rosado
Albert Salas
Robert S. Schepis
Yvonne V. Shand
Anthony M. Spataro
Aimee R. Spennato
Joan B. Stark
Ajay J. Timothy
Amy E. Travetti
Alexander Van Den Essen 
Ericka G. Varela
Debra Washington

11

STERLING NATIONAL BANK OFFICES

650 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10019-6108
(212) 757-3300

500 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10018-4502
(212) 575-4410

108-01 Queens Boulevard
Forest Hills, NY 11375-4840
(718) 275-6500

89-04 Sutphin Boulevard
Jamaica, NY 11435-3720
(718) 725-0325

425 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10022-3506
(212) 935-1440

512 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10018-4603
(212) 354-2265

138-21 Queens Boulevard
Briarwood, NY 11435-2694
(718) 657-2660

98 Cuttermill Road
Great Neck, NY 11021-3006
(516) 466-4554

622 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10017-6722
(212) 490-9800

42 Broadway
New York, NY 10004-1617
(212) 356-6501

30-00 47th Avenue
Long Island City, NY 11101-3450
(718) 383-6012

177 Crossways Park Drive
Woodbury, NY 11797-2016
(516) 682-8410

1 Executive Boulevard
Yonkers, NY 10701-6822
(914) 964-5252

STERLING NATIONAL BANK BUSINESS ADVISORY BOARD

Andrew W. Albstein, Esq.
Managing Partner
Goldberg Weprin & Ustin LLP

Bernard Friedman
President
Penmark Realty Co.

Kenneth S. Lazar
President
Lazar Corporate Advisors, Inc.

Robert Tucker
Chairman and CEO
T&M Protection Resources

Neil J. Bressler, CPA
Managing Partner
Skwiersky, Alpert & Bressler LLP

Neil B. Garfinkel, Esq.
Partner
Abrams Garfinkel Margolis 
Bergson, LLP

Lyle C. Mahler, Esq.
Partner
Farrell Fritz, P.C.

Michael Weinstein
CEO
Access Staffing

Timothy M. Bryan
Chairman and CEO
Galaxy Systems, Inc.

Jeffrey A. Getzel
Partner
Getzel, Schiff & Ross, LLP

Mark L. Meinberg, CPA
Managing Partner
Feldman, Meinberg & Co., LLP

Steven Weinstein
President
Access Staffing

Louis C. Ciliberti
President
Louis C. Ciliberti & Associates Ltd.

Joel J. Greenwald, Esq.
Partner
Greenwald Doherty, LLP

Dana F. Schnipper
President and C.E.O.
J.C. Ryan EBCO/H&G LLC

Bruce Weksler
President
Bruce Supply Corp.

Robert O. DiNozzi, Jr.
C.E.O.
S.E.B. Services of New York, Inc.

John H. Jankoff, Esq.
Managing Partner
Jankoff & Gabe, P.C.

Fred Ferrara
President
AccuLease

Dennis R. Klein, CPA
Partner
Berg Klein Salomon LLP

Paul Seid
Vice President and 
General Manager 
DS Healthcare 

Alvin Singer
President
Singer Nelson Charlmers

Jeffrey A. Wurst, Esq.
Partner
Ruskin Moscou Faltischek P.C.

Michael G. Zapson, Esq.
Managing Partner
Davidoff Malito and Hutcher LLP

12

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K
Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 

Commission File No. 1-5273-1

STERLING BANCORP
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

New York 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization)
650 Fifth Avenue, New York, N.Y. 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

13-2565216
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

10019-6108
(Zip Code)

(212) 757-3300
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:

TITLE OF EACH CLASS 
Common Shares, $1 par value per share,
  and attached Preferred Stock Purchase Rights 
Cumulative Trust Preferred
  Securities 8.375% (Liquidation Amount
  $10 per Preferred Security) of Sterling
  Bancorp Trust I and Guarantee of Sterling
  Bancorp with respect thereto 

NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE

ON WHICH REGISTERED

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT: NONE

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  Registrant  is  a  well-known  seasoned  issuer,  as  defined  in  Rule  405  of  the  Securities  Act. 
Yes [ 

]  No [✓]

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. 
Yes [ 

]  No [✓]

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such 
reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [✓]  No [ 

]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will 
not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference 
in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [✓]

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  Registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer  or  a 
smaller reporting company as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): 
Large Accelerated Filer [ 

]  Accelerated Filer [✓]  Non-Accelerated Filer [ 

]   Smaller Reporting Company [ 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes [ 

On  June  30,  2007,  the  aggregate  market  value  of  the  common  equity  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  Registrant  was 
$261,866,176.

The Registrant has one class of common stock, of which 17,960,620 shares were outstanding at March 5, 2008.

(1) Portions of Sterling Bancorp’s definitive 2008 Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A are incorporated by 
reference in Part III.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

] 
]  No [✓]

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T A B L E   O F   C O N T E N T S

PART I

Item 1.

BUSINESS

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Item 2.

PROPERTIES

Item 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Item 4.

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

Item 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

PART II

AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Item 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION 

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Item 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Item 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON 
ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

PART III

Item 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

PART IV

SIGNATURES

Exhibits Submitted in a Separate Volume.

Page

1

10

16

16

16

17

17

18

18

18

38

83

83

86

87

87

87

87

87

88

90

P A R T   I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS
The disclosures set forth in this item are qualified by Item 1A. 
Risk  Factors  on  pages  10 –15  and  the  section  captioned 
“FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND FACTORS 
THAT  COULD  AFFECT  FUTURE  RESULTS”  on  page 
20  and  other  cautionary  statements  set  forth  elsewhere  in 
this report.

Sterling Bancorp (the “parent company” or the “Registrant”) 
is a bank holding company and a financial holding company 
as  defined  by  the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  of  1956,  as 
amended  (the  “BHCA”),  which  was  organized  in  1966. 
Sterling  Bancorp  and  its  subsidiaries  derive  substantially  all 
of  their  revenue  and  income  from  providing  banking  and 
related financial services and products to customers primarily 
in  New  York,  New  Jersey  and  Connecticut  (“the  New  York 
metropolitan  area”).  Throughout  this  report,  the  terms  the 
“Company”  or  “Sterling”  refer  to  Sterling  Bancorp  and  its 
subsidiaries. The Company has operations in New York, New 
Jersey and North Carolina and conducts business throughout 
the United States.

The  parent  company  owns,  directly  or  indirectly,  all  of  the 
outstanding shares of Sterling National Bank (the “bank”), its 
principal  subsidiary,  and  all  of  the  outstanding  shares  of 
Sterling  Banking  Corporation  and  Sterling  Real  Estate 
Abstract Holding Company, Inc. (the “finance subsidiaries”) 
and Sterling Bancorp Trust I (the “trust”). Sterling National 
Mortgage  Company,  Inc.  (“SNMC”),  Sterling  Factors 
Corporation (“Factors”), Sterling Trade Services, Inc. (“Trade 
Services”),  Sterling  Resource  Funding  Corp.  (“Resource 
Funding”)  and  Sterling  Real  Estate  Holding  Company,  Inc. 
are  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  of  the  bank.  Trade  Services 
owns  all  of  the  outstanding  common  shares  of  Sterling 
National  Asia  Limited,  Hong  Kong.  Sterling  Real  Estate 
Abstract Holding Company, Inc. owns 51% of the outstand-
ing common shares of SBC Abstract Company, LLC.

In  September  2006,  the  business  conducted  by  Sterling 
Financial  Services  Company,  Inc.  (“Sterling  Financial”)  was 
sold (see Note 2 beginning on page 51). The results of opera-
tions of Sterling Financial have been reported as a discontin-
ued operation and all prior period amounts have been restated 
as appropriate.

Segment  information  appears  in  Note  22  of  the  Company’s 
consolidated financial statements.

GOVERNMENT MONETARY POLICY

The  Company  is  affected  by  the  credit  policies  of  monetary 
authorities, including the Board of Governors of the Federal 
Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). An important 
objective  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  is  to  regulate  the 
national  supply  of  bank  credit.  Among  the  instruments  of 
monetary policy used by the Federal Reserve Board are open 
market operations in U.S. Government securities, changes in 
the  discount  rate,  reserve  requirements  on  member  bank 
deposits,  and  funds  availability  regulations.  The  monetary 
policies of the Federal Reserve Board have in the past had a 
significant  effect  on  operations  of  financial  institutions, 
including the bank, and will continue to do so in the future. 
Changing  conditions  in  the  national  economy  and  in  the 
money markets make it difficult to predict future changes in 
interest rates, deposit levels, loan demand or their effects on 
the business and earnings of the Company. Foreign activities 
of the Company are not considered to be material.

BUSINESS OPERATIONS

The Bank
Sterling  National  Bank  was  organized  in  1929  under  the 
National Bank Act and commenced operations in New York 
City.  The  bank  maintains  twelve  offices  in  New  York:  nine 
offices in New York City (six branches and an international 
banking facility in Manhattan and three branches in Queens); 
two  branches  in  Nassau  County,  one  in  Great  Neck  and 
another in Woodbury, New York; and one branch in Yonkers, 
New York. The executive office is located at 650 Fifth Avenue, 
New York, New York.

The  bank  provides  a  broad  range  of  banking  and  financial 
products and services, including business and consumer lending, 
asset-based financing, factoring/accounts receivable manage-
ment services, equipment leasing, commercial and residential 
mortgage  lending  and  brokerage,  deposit  services,  interna-
tional trade financing, trust and estate administration, invest-
ment management and investment services. Business lending, 
depository  and  related  financial  services  are  furnished  to  a 
wide  range  of  customers  in  diverse  industries,  including 
commercial, industrial and financial companies, and govern-
ment and non-profit entities.

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2007,  the  bank’s  average 
earning  assets  represented  approximately  99.7%  of  the 
Company’s average earning assets. Loans represented 64.4% 
and  investment  securities  represented  34.1%  of  the  bank’s 
average earning assets in 2007.

P A G E   1

Commercial Lending, Asset-Based Financing and Factoring/ 
Accounts Receivable Management. The bank provides loans 
to  small  and  medium-sized  businesses.  The  businesses  are 
diversified  across  industries,  and  the  loans  generally  range 
in  size  from  $250,000  to  $15  million.  Business  loans  can  be 
tailored to meet customers’ specific long- and short-term needs, 
and include secured and unsecured lines of credit, business 
installment  loans,  business  lines  of  credit,  and  debtor-in-
possession financing. Loans are often collateralized by assets, 
such  as  accounts  receivable, 
inventory,  marketable 
securities, other liquid collateral, equipment and other assets.

Through its factoring subsidiary (“Factors”), the bank provides 
accounts receivable management services. The purchase of a 
client’s accounts receivable is traditionally known as “factor-
ing” and results in payment by the client of a nonrefundable 
factoring fee, which is generally a percentage of the factored 
receivables or sales volume and is designed to compensate for 
the bookkeeping and collection services provided by Factors 
and,  if  applicable,  its  credit  review  of  the  client’s  customer 
and assumption of customer credit risk. When Factors “fac-
tors”  (i.e.,  purchases)  an  account  receivable  from  a  client,  it 
records the receivable as an asset (included in “Loans held in 
portfolio, net of unearned discounts”), records a liability for the 
funds due to the client (included in “Accrued expenses and other 
liabilities”)  and  credits  to  noninterest  income  the  nonrefund-
able factoring fee (included in “Factoring income”). Factors also 
may advance funds to its client prior to the collection of receiv-
ables, charging interest on such advances (in addition to any 
factoring fees) and normally satisfying such advances by the col-
lection of receivables. The accounts receivable factored are pri-
marily for clients engaged in the apparel and textile industries.

Through a subsidiary, Sterling Resource Funding Corp., which 
was acquired on April 1, 2006, the bank provides financing 
and  human  resource  business  process  outsourcing  support 
services,  exclusively  for  the  temporary  staffing  industry.  For 
over  25  years  and  throughout  the  United  States,  Resource 
Funding  has  provided  full  back-office,  computer,  tax  and 
accounting  services,  as  well  as  financing,  to  independently-
owned  staffing  companies.  The  average  contract  term  is  18 
months for approximately 225 owners of staffing companies.

As of December 31, 2007, the outstanding loan balance (net 
of unearned discounts) for commercial and industrial lending 
and  factored  receivables  was  $632.6  million,  representing 
approximately 52.2% of the bank’s total loan portfolio.

Equipment  Leasing.  The  bank  offers  equipment  leasing  ser-
vices  in  the  New  York  metropolitan  area  and  across  the 
United  States  through  direct  leasing  programs,  third  party 
sources  and  vendor  programs.  The  bank  finances  small  and 
medium-sized  equipment  leases  with  an  average  term  of  24 
to  30  months.  At  December  31,  2007,  the  outstanding  loan 
balance (net of unearned discounts) for equipment leases was 
$249.7  million,  and  equipment  leases  comprised  approxi-
mately 20.6% of the bank’s total loan portfolio.

Residential  and  Commercial  Mortgages.  The  bank’s  real 
estate  loan  portfolio  consists  of  real  estate  loans  on  one-to-
four family residential properties and commercial properties. 
The  residential  mortgage  banking  and  brokerage  business 
is conducted through offices located principally in New York 
and North Carolina. Residential mortgage loans—focused on 
conforming credit, government insured FHA and other high 
quality  loan  products—are  originated  primarily  in  the  New 
York  metropolitan  area,  Virginia  and  other  mid-Atlantic 
states,  almost  all  of  these  for  resale.  Com mercial  real  estate 
financing is offered on income-producing investor properties 
and owner-occupied properties, professional co-ops and con-
dos. At December 31, 2007, the outstanding loan balance for 
real  estate  mortgage  loans  was  $252.3  million,  representing 
approximately 20.8% of the bank’s total loans outstanding.

Deposit Services. The bank attracts deposits from customers 
located primarily in the New York metropolitan area, offering 
a  broad  array  of  deposit  products,  including  checking 
accounts,  money  market  accounts,  NOW  accounts,  savings 
accounts,  rent  security  accounts,  retirement  accounts,  and 
certificates  of  deposit.  The  bank’s  deposit  services  include 
account management and information, disbursement, recon-
ciliation,  collection  and  concentration,  ACH  and  others 
designed  for  specific  business  purposes.  The  deposits  of  the 
bank are insured to the extent permitted by law pursuant to 
the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended.

International Trade Finance. Through its international division, 
international banking facility and Hong Kong trade services 
subsidiary, the bank offers financial services to its customers 
and  correspondents  in  the  world’s  major  financial  centers. 
These services consist of financing import and export trans-
actions,  issuing  of  letters  of  credit,  processing  documentary 
collections  and  creating  banker’s  acceptances.  In  addition, 
active  bank  account  relationships  are  maintained  with  lead-
ing foreign banking institutions in major financial centers.

There are no industry concentrations in the commercial and 
industrial  loan  portfolio  that  exceed  10%  of  gross  loans. 
Approximately  72%  of  the  bank’s  loans  are  to  borrowers 
located in the New York metropolitan area. The bank has no 
foreign loans.

Trust Services. The bank’s trust department provides a variety 
of  fiduciary,  investment  management,  custody  and  advisory 
and  corporate  agency  services  to  individuals  and  corpora-
tions.  The  bank  acts  as  trustee  for  pension,  profit-sharing, 
401(k) and other employee benefit plans and personal trusts 

P A G E   2

and estates. For corporations, the bank acts as trustee, trans-
fer agent, registrar and in other corporate agency capacities.

The composition of total revenues (interest income and non-
interest income) of the bank and its subsidiaries for the three 
most recent fiscal years was as follows:

Years Ended December 31,

Interest and fees on loans
Interest and dividends on investment 

securities 

Other

2007

2006

2005

59%

58%

51%

18
23

20
22

23
26

100% 100% 100%

At December 31, 2007, the bank and its subsidiaries had 586 
full-time equivalent employees, consisting of 207 officers and 
379  supervisory  and  clerical  employees.  The  bank  considers 
its relations with its employees to be satisfactory.

COMPETITION

There  is  intense  competition  in  all  areas  in  which  the 
Company conducts its business. As a result of the deregulation 
of  the  financial  services  industry  under  the  Gramm-Leach-
Bliley  Act  of  1999,  the  Company  competes  with  banks  and 
other financial institutions, including savings and loan asso-
ciations, savings banks, finance companies, and credit unions. 
Many  of  these  competitors  have  substantially  greater 
resources  and  lending  limits  and  provide  a  wider  array  of 
banking services. To a limited extent, the Company also com-
petes with other providers of financial services, such as money 
market  mutual  funds,  brokerage  firms,  consumer  finance 
companies  and  insurance  companies.  Competition  is  based 
on  a  number  of  factors,  including  prices,  interest  rates,  ser-
vices, availability of products, and geographic location.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

General
The banking industry is highly regulated. Statutory and regu-
latory  controls  are  designed  primarily  for  the  protection  of 
depositors  and  the  banking  system,  and  not  for  the  purpose 
of  protecting  the  shareholders  of  the  parent  company.  The 
following  discussion  is  not  intended  to  be  a  complete  list  of 
all  the  activities  regulated  by  the  banking  laws  or  of  the 
impact  of  such  laws  and  regulations  on  the  bank.  It  is 
intended only to briefly summarize some material provisions.

Sterling Bancorp is a bank holding company and a financial 
holding company under the BHCA and is subject to supervi-
sion, examination and reporting requirements of the Federal 
Reserve Board. Sterling Bancorp is also under the jurisdiction 
of the Securities and Exchange Commission and is subject to 
the  disclosure  and  regulatory  requirements  of  the  Securities 
Act  of  1933,  as  amended,  and  the  Securities  Exchange  Act 

of  1934,  as  amended,  as  administered  by  the  SEC.  Sterling 
Bancorp is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) 
under the trading symbol “STL” and is subject to the rules of 
the NYSE for listed companies.

As a national bank, the bank is principally subject to the super-
vision, examination and reporting requirements of the Office 
of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”), as well as the 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). Insured 
banks, including the bank, are subject to extensive regulation 
of many aspects of their business. These regulations relate to, 
among other things: (a) the nature and amount of loans that 
may be made by the bank and the rates of interest that may 
be  charged;  (b)  types  and  amounts  of  other  investments;  (c) 
branching; (d) permissible activities; (e) reserve requirements; 
and (f) dealings with officers, directors and affiliates.

Sterling Banking Corporation is subject to supervision and reg-
ulation by the Banking Department of the State of New York.

Bank Holding Company Regulation
The  BHCA  requires  the  prior  approval  of  the  Federal 
Reserve  Board  for  the  acquisition  by  a  bank  holding  com-
pany of more than 5% of the voting stock or substantially all 
of  the  assets  of  any  bank  or  bank  holding  company.  Also, 
under the BHCA, bank holding companies are prohibited, with 
certain exceptions, from engaging in, or from acquiring more 
than  5%  of  the  voting  stock  of  any  company  engaging  in, 
activities other than (1) banking or managing or controlling 
banks, (2) furnishing services to or performing services for their 
subsidiaries,  or  (3)  activities  that  the  Federal  Reserve  Board 
has determined to be so closely related to banking or manag-
ing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.

As discussed below under “Financial Holding Company Regu-
lation,”  the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act  of  1999  amended  the 
BHCA to permit a broader range of activities for bank holding 
companies that qualify as “financial holding companies.”

Financial Holding Company Regulation
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act:
•   allows  bank  holding  companies,  the  depository  institu-
tion  subsidiaries  of  which  meet  management,  capital  and 
the Community Reinvestment Act (the “CRA”) standards, 
to engage in a substantially broader range of non-banking 
financial activities than was previously permissible, includ-
ing  (a)  insurance  underwriting  and  agency,  (b)  making 
merchant  banking  investments  in  commercial  companies, 
(c)  securities  underwriting,  dealing  and  market  making, 
and (d) sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies;
•   allows  insurers  and  other  financial  services  companies  to 

acquire banks; and

•   establishes  the  overall  regulatory  structure  applicable  to 
bank holding companies that also engage in insurance and 
securities operations.

P A G E   3

In order for a bank holding company to engage in the broader 
range  of  activities  that  are  permitted  by  the  Gramm-Leach-
Bliley  Act,  (1)  all  of  its  depository  subsidiaries  must  be  and 
remain  “well  capitalized”  and  “well  managed”  and  have 
received at least a satisfactory CRA rating, and (2) it must file 
a declaration with the Federal Reserve Board that it elects to 
be a “financial holding company.”

Requirements and standards to remain “well capitalized” are 
discussed  below.  To  maintain  financial  holding  company 
status,  the  bank  must  have  at  least  a  “satisfactory”  rating 
under the CRA. Under the CRA, during examinations of the 
bank,  the  OCC  is  required  to  assess  the  bank’s  record  of 
meeting the credit needs of the communities serviced by the 
bank,  including  low-  and  moderate-income  communities. 
Banks are given one of four ratings under the CRA: “outstand-
ing,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve” or “substantial non-
compliance.” The bank received a rating of “outstanding” on 
the most recent exam completed by the OCC.

Pursuant to an election made under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley 
Act,  the  parent  company  has  been  designated  as  a  financial 
holding  company.  As  a  financial  holding  company,  Sterling 
Bancorp  may  conduct,  or  acquire  a  company  (other  than  a 
U.S.  depository  institution  or  foreign  bank)  engaged  in, 
activities that are “financial in nature,” as well as additional 
activi ties  that  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  determines  (in  the 
case  of  incidental  activities,  in  conjunction  with  the 
Department  of  the  Treasury)  are  incidental  or  complemen-
tary to financial activities, without the prior approval of the 
Federal  Reserve  Board.  Under  the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act, 
activities that are financial in nature include insurance, secu-
rities underwriting and dealing, merchant banking, and spon-
soring  mutual  funds  and  investment  companies.  Under  the 
merchant  banking  authority  added  by  the  Gramm-Leach-
Bliley Act, financial holding companies may invest in compa-
nies that engage in activities that are not otherwise permissible 
“financial” activities, subject to certain limitations, including 
that  the  financial  holding  company  makes  the  investment 
with  the  intention  of  limiting  the  investment  duration  and 
does not manage the company on a day-to-day basis.

Generally, financial holding companies must continue to meet 
all the requirements for financial holding company status in 
order  to  maintain  the  ability  to  undertake  new  activities  or 
acquisitions that are financial in nature and the ability to con-
tinue  those  activities  that  are  not  generally  permissible  for 
bank holding companies. If the parent company ceases to so 
qualify, it would be required to obtain the prior approval of 
the Federal Reserve Board to engage in non-banking activities 
or to acquire more than 5% of the voting stock of any com-
pany that is engaged in non-banking activities. With certain 
exceptions, the Federal Reserve Board can only provide prior 

approval to applications involving activities that it had previ-
ously determined, by regulation or order, are so closely related 
to banking as to be properly incident thereto. Such activities 
are more limited than the range of activities that are deemed 
“financial in nature.”

Payment of Dividends and Transactions with Affiliates
The  parent  company  depends  for  its  cash  requirements  on 
funds maintained or generated by its subsidiaries, principally 
the bank. Such sources have been adequate to meet the parent 
company’s cash requirements throughout its history.

Various legal restrictions limit the extent to which the bank 
can fund the parent company and its nonbank subsidiaries. All 
national banks are limited in the payment of dividends with-
out the approval of the OCC to an amount not to exceed the 
net profits (as defined) for that year-to-date combined with its 
retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less 
any  required  transfers  to  surplus.  Federal  law  also  prohibits 
national banks from paying dividends that would be greater 
than the bank’s undivided profits after deducting statutory bad 
debt in excess of the bank’s allowance for loan losses. Under the 
foregoing  restrictions,  and  without  adversely  affecting  its 
“well capitalized” status, as of December 31, 2007, the bank 
could  pay  dividends  of  approximately  $20  million  to  the 
parent company, without obtaining regulatory approval. This 
is not necessarily indicative of amounts that may be paid or 
are available to be paid in future periods.

Under  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  Improve-
ment Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), a depository institution, such 
as the bank, may not pay dividends if payment would cause it 
to become undercapitalized or if it is already undercapitalized. 
The  payment  of  dividends  by  the  parent  company  and  the 
bank may also be affected or limited by other factors, such as 
the requirement to maintain adequate capital.

Federal  laws  strictly  limit  the  ability  of  banks  to  engage  in 
transactions with their affiliates, including their bank holding 
companies. Such transactions between a subsidiary bank and 
its  parent  company  or  the  nonbank  subsidiaries  of  the  bank 
holding  company  are  limited  to  10%  of  a  bank  subsidiary’s 
capital and surplus and, with respect to such parent company 
and all such nonbank subsidiaries, to an aggregate of 20% of 
the bank subsidiary’s capital and surplus. Further, loans and 
extensions  of  credit  generally  are  required  to  be  secured  by 
eligible  collateral  in  specified  amounts.  Federal  law  also 
requires that all transactions between a bank and its affiliates 
be  on  terms  only  as  favorable  to  the  bank  as  transactions 
with non-affiliates.

Federal law also limits a bank’s authority to extend credit to 
its directors, executive officers and 10% shareholders, as well 
as to entities controlled by such persons. Among other things, 

P A G E   4

extensions  of  credit  to  insiders  are  required  to  be  made  on 
terms  that  are  substantially  the  same  as,  and  follow  credit 
underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those 
prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated per-
sons.  Also,  the  terms  of  such  extensions  of  credit  may  not 
involve  more  than  the  normal  risk  of  repayment  or  present 
other unfavorable features and may not exceed certain limita-
tions on the amount of credit extended to such persons, indi-
vidually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, 
on the amount of the bank’s capital.

Banks  are  subject  to  prohibitions  on  certain  tying  arrange-
ments. A depository institution is prohibited, subject to some 
exceptions,  from  extending  credit  to  or  offering  any  other 
service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension 
of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain 
some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or 
not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.

Capital Adequacy and Prompt Corrective Action
Banks  and  bank  holding  companies  are  subject  to  various 
regulatory  capital  requirements  administered  by  state  and 
federal  banking  agencies.  Capital  adequacy  guidelines  and, 
additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations, 
involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain 
off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory account-
ing  practices.  Capital  amounts  and  classifications  are  also 
subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about compo-
nents, risk weighting and other factors.

The Federal Reserve Board, the OCC and the FDIC have sub-
stantially  similar  risk-based  capital  ratio  and  leverage  ratio 
guidelines  for  banking  organizations.  The  guidelines  are 
intended to ensure that banking organizations have adequate 
capital  given  the  risk  levels  of  assets  and  off-balance  sheet 
financial instruments. Under the guidelines, banking organi-
zations  are  required  to  maintain  minimum  ratios  for  Tier  1 
capital  and  total  capital  to  risk-weighted  assets  (including 
certain off-balance sheet items, such as letters of credit). For 
purposes  of  calculating  the  ratios,  a  banking  organization’s 
assets  and  some  of  its  specified  off-balance  sheet  commit-
ments and obligations are assigned to various risk categories. 
A  depository  institution’s  or  holding  company’s  capital,  in 
turn, is classified in tiers, depending on type:
•   Core  Capital  (Tier  1).  Tier  1  capital  includes  common 
equity,  retained  earnings,  qualifying  non-cumulative  per-
petual  preferred  stock,  a  limited  amount  of  qualifying 
cumulative  perpetual  stock  at  the  holding  company  level, 
minority  interests  in  equity  accounts  of  consolidated 
subsidiaries, less goodwill, most intangible assets and cer-
tain other assets.

•   Supplementary  Capital  (Tier  2).  Tier  2  capital  includes, 
among other things, perpetual preferred stock not meeting 
the Tier 1 definition, qualifying mandatory convertible debt 

securities,  qualifying  subordinated  debt,  and  allowances 
for loan and lease losses, subject to limitations.

Sterling  Bancorp,  like  other  bank  holding  companies,  cur-
rently is required to maintain Tier 1 capital and “total capi-
tal”  (the  sum  of  Tier  1  and  Tier  2  capital)  equal  to  at  least 
4.0% and 8.0%, respectively, of its total risk-weighted assets 
(including  various  off-balance-sheet  items,  such  as  standby 
letters  of  credit).  Sterling  National  Bank,  like  other  deposi-
tory institutions, is required to maintain similar capital levels 
under  capital  adequacy  guidelines.  For  a  depository  institu-
tion to be considered “well capitalized” under the regulatory 
framework for prompt corrective action, its Tier 1 and total 
capital  ratios  must  be  at  least  6.0%  and  10.0%  on  a  risk-
adjusted basis, respectively.

Bank holding companies and banks are also required to comply 
with minimum leverage ratio requirements. The leverage ratio is 
the ratio of a banking organization’s Tier 1 capital to its total 
adjusted  quarterly  average  assets  (as  defined  for  regulatory 
purposes). The requirements necessitate a minimum leverage 
ratio  of  3.0%  for  financial  holding  companies  and  national 
banks  that  have  the  highest  supervisory  rating.  All  other 
financial holding companies and national banks are required 
to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%, unless a dif-
ferent  minimum  is  specified  by  an  appropriate  regulatory 
authority. For a depository institution to be considered “well 
capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt cor-
rective  action,  its  leverage  ratio  must  be  at  least  5.0%.  The 
Federal Reserve Board has not advised Sterling Bancorp, and 
the OCC has not advised Sterling National Bank, of any spe-
cific minimum leverage ratio applicable to it.

The  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act,  as  amended  (“FDIA”), 
requires, among other things, the federal banking agencies to 
take  “prompt  corrective  action”  in  respect  of  depository 
institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. 
The  FDIA  sets  forth  the  following  five  capital  tiers:  “well 
capitalized,”  “adequately  capitalized,”  “undercapitalized,” 
“significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapital-
ized.” A depository institution’s capital tier will depend upon 
how  its  capital  levels  compare  with  various  relevant  capital 
measures and certain other factors, as established by regula-
tion. The relevant capital measures are the total capital ratio, 
the Tier 1 capital ratio and the leverage ratio.

Under the regulations adopted by the federal regulatory author-
ities, a bank will be: (i) “well capitalized” if the insti tution has 
a  total  risk-based  capital  ratio  of  10.0%  or  greater,  a  Tier  1 
risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater, and a leverage ratio 
of 5.0% or greater, and is not subject to any order or written 
directive by any such regulatory authority to meet and main-
tain  a  specific  capital  level  for  any  capital  measure;  (ii)  “ade-
quately  capitalized”  if  the  institution  has  a  total  risk-based 

P A G E   5

capital  ratio  of  8.0%  or  greater,  a  Tier  1  risk-based  capital 
ratio  of  4.0%  or  greater,  and  a  leverage  ratio  of  4.0%  or 
greater and is not “well capitalized”; (iii) “undercapitalized” 
if the institution has a total risk-based ratio that is less than 
8.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0% or a 
leverage ratio of less than 4.0%; (iv) “significantly undercapi-
talized”  if  the  institution  has  a  total  risk-based  capital  ratio 
of less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 
3.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%; and (v) “critically 
undercapitalized”  if  the  institution’s  tangible  equity  is  equal 
to or less than 2.0% of average quarterly tangible assets. An 
institution may be downgraded to, or deemed to be in, a capi-
tal  category  that  is  lower  than  that  indicated  by  its  capital 
ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condi-
tion  or  if  it  receives  an  unsatisfactory  examination  rating 
with respect to certain matters. As of December 31, 2007, the 
Company and the bank were “well capitalized,” based on the 
ratios and guidelines described above. A bank’s capital cate-
gory is determined solely for the purpose of applying prompt 
cor rective  action  regulations,  and  the  capital  category  may 
not constitute an accurate representation of the bank’s over all 
financial condition or prospects for other purposes.

The  FDIA  generally  prohibits  a  depository  institution  from 
making any capital distributions (including payment of a div-
idend)  or  paying  any  management  fee  to  its  parent  holding 
company  if  the  depository  institution  would  thereafter  be 
undercapitalized. Undercapitalized institutions are subject to 
growth limitations and are required to submit a capital resto-
ration plan. The agencies may not accept such a plan without 
determining,  among  other  things,  that  the  plan  is  based  on 
realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the 
depository institution’s capital. In addition, for a capital res-
toration  plan  to  be  acceptable,  the  depository  institution’s 
parent  holding  company  must  guarantee  that  the  institution 
will comply with such a capital restoration plan. The aggre-
gate liability of the parent holding company is limited to the 
lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5.0% of the depository insti-
tution’s  total  assets  at  the  time  it  became  undercapitalized 
and  (ii)  the  amount  which  is  necessary  (or  would  have  been 
necessary)  to  bring  the  institution  into  compliance  with  all 
capital  standards  applicable  with  respect  to  such  institution 
as of the time it fails to comply with the plan. If a depository 
institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if 
it is “significantly undercapitalized.”

“Significantly  undercapitalized”  depository  institutions  may 
be  subject  to  a  number  of  requirements  and  restrictions, 
including  orders  to  sell  sufficient  voting  stock  to  become 
“adequately capitalized,” requirements to reduce total assets, 

and  cessation  of  receipt  of  deposits  from  correspondent 
banks.  “Critically  undercapitalized”  institutions  are  subject 
to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

The  federal  regulatory  authorities’  risk-based  capital  guide-
lines  are  based  upon  the  1988  capital  accord  of  the  Basel 
Committee on Banking Supervision (the “BIS”). The BIS is a 
committee  of  central  banks  and  bank  supervisors/regulators 
from  the  major  industrialized  countries  that  develops  broad 
policy  guidelines  for  use  by  each  country’s  supervisors  in 
determining the supervisory policies that apply. In 2004, the 
BIS published a new capital accord to replace its 1988 capital 
accord, with an update in November 2005 (“BIS II”). BIS II 
provides  two  approaches  for  setting  capital  standards  for 
credit-risk—an  internal  ratings-based  approach  tailored  to 
individual  institutions’  circumstances  (which  for  many  asset 
classes is itself broken into a “foundation” approach and an 
“advances  or  A-IRB”  approach,  the  availability  of  which  is 
subject to additional restrictions) and a standardized approach 
that bases risk weightings on external credit assessments to a 
much  greater  extent  than  permitted  in  existing  risk-based 
capital guidelines. BIS II also would set capital requirements 
for  operational  risk  and  refine  the  existing  requirements  for 
market risk exposures.

The U.S. banking and thrift agencies are developing proposed 
revisions  to  their  existing  capital  adequacy  regulations  and 
standards  based  on  BIS  II.  In  November  2007,  the  agencies 
adopted a definitive final rule for implementing BIS II in the 
United States that would apply only to internationally active 
banking  organizations,  or  “core  banks”—defined  as  those 
with consolidated total assets of $250 billion or more or con-
solidated on-balance-sheet foreign exposures of $10 billion or 
more.  The  final  rule  will  be  effective  as  of  April  1,  2008. 
Other  U.S.  banking  organizations  may  elect  to  adopt  the 
requirements of this rule (if they meet applicable qualification 
requirements),  but  they  will  not  be  required  to  apply  them. 
The rule also allows a banking organization’s primary federal 
supervisor to determine that the application of the rule would 
not  be  appropriate  in  light  of  the  bank’s  asset  size,  level  of 
complexity,  risk  profile,  or  scope  of  operations.  This  new 
proposal,  which  is  intended  to  be  finalized  before  the  core 
banks may start their first transition period year under BIS II, 
will  replace  the  agencies’  earlier  proposed  amendments  to 
existing risk-based capital guidelines to make them more risk 
sensitive (formerly referred to as the “BIS I-A” approach).

The  Company  is  not  required  to  comply  with  BIS  II.  The 
Company  has  not  made  a  determination  as  to  whether  it 
will  elect  to  apply  the  BIS  II  requirements  when  they 
become effective.

P A G E   6

Support of the Bank
The  Federal  Reserve  Board  has  stated  that  a  bank  holding 
company should serve as a source of financial and managerial 
strength to its subsidiary banks. As a result, the Federal Reserve 
Board may require the parent company to stand ready to use 
its resources to provide adequate capital funds to its banking 
subsidiaries during periods of financial stress or adversity. This 
support may be required at times by the Federal Reserve Board 
even  though  not  expressly  required  by  regulation  and  even 
though the parent company may not be in a financial position 
to  provide  such  support.  In  addition,  any  capital  loans  by  a 
bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are sub-
ordinate  in  right  of  payment  to  deposits  to  certain  other 
indebtedness  of  such  subsidiary  banks.  The  BHCA  provides 
that,  in  the  event  of  a  bank  holding  company’s  bankruptcy, 
any  commitment  by  the  bank  holding  company  to  a  federal 
bank  regulatory  agency  to  maintain  the  capital  of  a  subsid-
iary  bank  will  be  assumed  by  the  bankruptcy  trustee  and 
entitled  to  priority  of  payment.  Further more,  under  the 
National Bank Act, if the capital stock of the bank is impaired 
by losses or otherwise, the OCC is authorized to require pay-
ment  of  the  deficiency  by  assessment  upon  the  parent  com-
pany. If the assessment is not paid within three months, the 
OCC could order a sale of the capital stock of the bank held 
by the parent company to make good the deficiency.

FDIC Insurance
The FDIC utilizes a risk-based assessment system that imposes 
insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into 
account  a  bank’s  capital  level  and  supervisory  rating.  As  of 
January  1,  2007,  the  previous  nine  risk  categories  utilized 
in  the  risk  matrix  were  condensed  into  four  risk  categories 
which  continue  to  be  distinguished  by  capital  levels  and 
supervisory ratings.

The  three  capital  categories  are  “well  capitalized,”  “ade-
quately capitalized,” and “undercapitalized.” These three cat-
egories  are  substantially  the  same  as  the  prompt  corrective 
action  cate gories  previously  described,  with  the  “undercapi-
talized”  category  including  institutions  that  are  “undercapi-
talized,”  “significantly  undercapitalized,”  and  “critically 
undercapitalized” for prompt corrective action purposes.

The bank was not required to pay any deposit insurance pre-
mium  in  2007  as  the  entire  premium  assessed  was  offset  by 
the assessment credit described below. Under the final regula-
tions, assessment rates for 2008 will range from 5 to 7 basis 
points per $100 of deposits for banks in Risk Category I, to 
43  basis  points  for  banks  assigned  to  Risk  Category  IV. 
However, under the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 
2005,  which  became  law  in  2006,  the  bank  received  a  one-
time  assessment  credit  that  can  be  applied  against  future 

premiums  through  2010,  subject  to  certain  limitations.  Any 
increase  in  insurance  assessments  could  have  an  adverse 
impact on the earnings of insured institutions, including the 
bank. As of December 31, 2007, approximately $110,000 of 
the  credit  remained  available  to  offset  deposit  insurance 
assessments through the second quarter of 2008.

In  addition,  the  bank  is  required  to  make  payments  for  the 
servicing of obligations of the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) 
issued in connection with the resolution of savings and loan 
associations, so long as such obligations remain outstanding. 
The  FICO  annual  assessment  rate  for  the  first  quarter  of 
2008  is  1.14  cents  per  $100  of  deposits.  The  bank’s  assess-
ment credit is not available to offset FICO assessments.

Under the FDIA, insurance of deposits may be terminated by 
the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in 
unsafe  and  unsound  practices,  is  in  an  unsafe  or  unsound 
condition  to  continue  operations,  or  has  violated  any  appli-
cable  law,  regulation,  rule,  order,  or  condition  imposed  by 
the FDIC.

In its resolution of the problems of an insured depository insti-
tution in default or in danger of default, the FDIC is generally 
required to satisfy its obligations to insured depositors at the 
least possible cost to the deposit insurance fund. In addition, 
the FDIC may not take any action that would have the effect of 
increasing the losses to the deposit insurance fund by protect-
ing depositors for more than the insured portion of deposits 
(generally $100,000) or creditors other than depositors.

Depositor Preference
The  FDIA  provides  that,  in  the  event  of  the  “liquidation  or 
other  resolution”  of  an  insured  depository  institution,  the 
claims of depositors of the institution, including the claims of 
the  FDIC  as  subrogee  of  insured  depositors,  and  certain 
claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, 
will have priority over other general unsecured claims against 
the  institution.  If  an  insured  depository  institution  fails, 
insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will 
have  priority  in  payment  ahead  of  unsecured,  non-deposit 
creditors,  including  the  parent  bank  holding  company,  with 
respect  to  any  extensions  of  credit  they  have  made  to  such 
insured depository institution.

Liability of Commonly Controlled Institutions
The  FDIA  provides  that  a  depository  institution  insured  by 
the FDIC can be held liable by the FDIC for any loss incurred, 
or reasonably expected to be incurred, in connection with the 
default  of  a  commonly  controlled  FDIC-insured  depository 
institution or in connection with any assistance provided by 
the FDIC to a commonly controlled institution “in danger of 
default” (as defined in the FDIA).

P A G E   7

Community Reinvestment Act
The CRA requires depository institutions to assist in meeting 
the credit needs of their market areas consistent with safe and 
sound  banking  practice.  Under  the  CRA,  each  depository 
institution is required to help meet the credit needs of its mar-
ket  areas  by,  among  other  things,  providing  credit  to  low- 
and  moderate-income  individuals  and  communities. 
Depository institutions are periodically examined for compli-
ance  with  the  CRA  and  are  assigned  ratings.  In  order  for  a 
financial  holding  company  to  commence  any  new  activity 
permitted by the BHCA, or to acquire any company engaged 
in  any  new  activity  permitted  by  the  BHCA,  each  insured 
depository  institution  subsidiary  of  the  financial  holding 
company must have received a rating of at least “satisfactory” 
in its most recent examination under the CRA. Furthermore, 
banking regulators take into account CRA ratings when con-
sidering approval of a proposed transaction.

Financial Privacy
In accordance with the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, federal bank-
ing  regulators  adopted  rules  that  limit  the  ability  of  banks 
and  other  financial  institutions  to  disclose  non-public  infor-
mation about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. These 
limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers 
and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent dis-
closure of certain personal information to a nonaffiliated third 
party. The privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act 
affect how consumer information is transmitted through diver-
sified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors.

Anti-Money Laundering Initiatives and the USA Patriot Act
A  major  focus  of  governmental  policy  on  financial  institu-
tions  in  recent  years  has  been  aimed  at  combating  money 
laundering  and  terrorist  financing.  The  USA  Patriot  Act  of 
2001  (the  “USA  Patriot  Act”)  substantially  broadened  the 
scope of United States anti-money laundering laws and regu-
lations by imposing significant new compliance and due dili-
gence  obligations,  creating  new  crimes  and  penalties  and 
expanding  the  extra-territorial  jurisdiction  of  the  United 
States.  The  United  States  Treasury  Department  has  issued  a 
number  of  implementing  regulations  which  apply  to  various 
requirements of the USA Patriot Act to financial institutions 
such as the Company. These regulations impose obligations on 
financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, proce-
dures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laun-
dering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their 
customers. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and 
implement  adequate  programs  to  combat  money  laundering 
and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant 
laws or regulations, could have serious legal and reputational 
consequences for the institution, including the imposition of 
enforcement actions and civil monetary penalties.

Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation
The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect 
transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and 
others.  These  sanctions,  which  are  administered  by  the  U.S. 
Treasury  Department  Office  of  Foreign  Assets  Control 
(“OFAC”),  take  many  different  forms.  Generally,  however, 
they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restric-
tions  on  trade  with  or  investment  in  a  sanctioned  country, 
including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from 
and  exports  to  a  sanctioned  country  and  prohibitions  on 
“U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to 
making investments in, or providing investment-related advice 
or  assistance  to,  a  sanctioned  country;  and  (ii)  a  blocking 
of  assets  in  which  the  government  or  specially  designated 
nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by pro-
hibiting  transfers  of  property  subject  to  U.S.  jurisdiction 
(including  property  in  the  possession  or  control  of  U.S.  per-
sons). Blocked assets (for example, property and bank depos-
its)  cannot  be  paid  out,  withdrawn,  set  off  or  transferred  in 
any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply 
with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational 
consequences.

Legislative Initiatives
From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives 
are introduced in Congress and state legislatures, as well as by 
regulatory agencies. Such initiatives may include proposals to 
expand or contract the powers of bank holding companies and 
depository  institutions  or  proposals  to  substantially  change 
the  financial  institution  regulatory  system.  Such  legislation 
could change banking statutes and the operating environment 
of  the  Company  in  substantial  and  unpredictable  ways.  If 
enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of 
doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect 
the  competitive  balance  among  banks,  savings  associations, 
credit unions and other financial institutions. The Company 
cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, 
and, if enacted, the effect that it, or any implementing regula-
tions, would have on the financial condition or results of oper-
ations  of  the  Company.  A  change  in  statutes,  regulations  or 
regulatory  policies  applicable  to  the  Company  could  have  a 
material effect on the business of the Company.

Safety and Soundness Standards
Federal  banking  agencies  promulgate  safety  and  soundness 
standards relating to, among other things, internal controls, 
information systems and internal audit systems, loan documen-
tation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, 
compensation, fees, and benefits. With respect to internal con-
trols, information systems and internal audit systems, the stand-
ards describe the functions that adequate internal controls and 
information  systems  must  be  able  to  perform,  including: 

P A G E   8

(i)  monitoring  adherence  to  prescribed  policies;  (ii)  effective 
risk management; (iii) timely and accurate financial, operations, 
and regulatory reporting; (iv) safeguarding and managing assets; 
and (v) compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The 
standards also include requirements that: (i) those performing 
internal audits be qualified and independent; (ii) internal controls 
and information systems be tested and reviewed; (iii) corrective 
actions be adequately documented; and (iv) results of an audit 
be made available for review of management actions.

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED STATISTICAL INFORMATION

I. 

 Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ 
Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential

The information appears on pages 31 and 32 in Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results 
of Operations.

Investment Portfolio

II. 
A  summary  of  the  Company’s  investment  securities  by  type 
with  related  carrying  values  at  the  end  of  each  of  the  three 
most recent fiscal years appears on page 25 in Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results 
of Operations. Information regarding book values and range 
of maturities by type of security and weighted average yields 
for totals of each category is presented in Note 5 beginning on 
page 53 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

III.  Loan Portfolio
A table setting forth the composition of the Company’s loan 
portfolio,  net  of  unearned  discounts,  at  the  end  of  each  of 
the five most recent fiscal years appears on page 26 in Man-
agement’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition 
and Results of Operations.

A table setting forth the maturities and sensitivity to changes 
in interest rates of the Company’s commercial and industrial 
loans at December 31, 2007 appears on page 26 in Manage-
ment’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and 
Results of Operations.

It  is  the  policy  of  the  Company  to  consider  all  customer 
requests for extensions of original maturity dates (rollovers), 
whether in whole or in part, as though each was an applica-
tion  for  a  new  loan  subject  to  standard  approval  criteria, 
including  credit  evaluation.  Additional  information  appears 
under “Loan Portfolio” on page 26 in Management’s Discus-
sion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of 
Operations,  under  “Loans”  in  Note  1  and  in  Note  6  of  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements.

A table setting forth the aggregate amount of domestic non-
accrual,  past  due  and  restructured  loans  of  the  Company  at 
the  end  of  each  of  the  five  most  recent  fiscal  years  appears 

on  page  27  in  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations; there were no 
foreign loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis, and there 
were no troubled debt restructurings for any types of loans. 
Loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal 
or  interest  and  still  accruing  are  loans  that  are  both  well-
secured or guaranteed by financially responsible third parties 
and are in the process of collection.

IV.  Summary of Loan Loss Experience
The  information  appears  in  Note  7  of  the  Company’s  con-
solidated  financial  statements  and  beginning  on  page  27 
under  “Asset  Quality”  in  Management’s  Discussion  and 
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations. 
A table setting forth certain information with respect to the 
Company’s  loan  loss  experience  for  each  of  the  five  most 
recent  fiscal  years  appears  on  page  28  in  Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results 
of Operations.

The  Company  considers  its  allowance  for  loan  losses  to  be 
adequate  based  upon  the  size  and  risk  characteristics  of  the 
outstanding loan portfolio at December 31, 2007. Net losses 
within  the  loan  portfolio  are  not,  however,  statistically  pre-
dictable  and  are  subject  to  various  external  factors  that  are 
beyond  the  control  of  the  Company.  Consequently,  changes 
in conditions in the next twelve months could result in future 
provisions for loan losses varying from the provision recorded 
in 2007.

A table presenting the Company’s allocation of the allowance  
at the end of each of the five most recent fiscal years appears 
on  page  29  in  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations.  This  alloca-
tion  is  based  on  estimates  by  management  that  may  vary 
based on management’s evaluation of the risk characteristics 
of  the  loan  portfolio.  The  amount  allocated  to  a  particular 
loan  category  may  not  necessarily  be  indicative  of  actual 
future charge-offs in that loan category.

V.  Deposits
Average deposits and average rates paid for each of the three 
most recent years are presented on page 31 in Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results 
of Operations.

Outstanding time certificates of deposit issued from domestic 
and foreign offices and interest expense on domestic and foreign 
deposits are presented in Note 9 of the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements.

The table providing selected information with respect to the 
Company’s  deposits  for  each  of  the  three  most  recent  fiscal 
years  appears  on  page  30  in  Management’s  Discussion  and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

P A G E   9

Interest  expense  for  the  three  most  recent  fiscal  years  is 
presented in Note 9 of the Company’s consolidated finan-
cial statements.

VI.  Return on Assets and Equity
The  Company’s  returns  on  average  total  assets  and  average 
shareholders’ equity, dividend payout ratio and average share-
holders’  equity  to  average  total  assets  for  each  of  the  five 
most recent years is presented in “Selected Financial Data” 
on page 19.

VII.  Short-Term Borrowings
Balance  and  rate  data  for  significant  categories  of  the 
Company’s Short-Term Borrowings for each of the three most 
recent  years  is  presented  in  Note  10  of  the  Company’s  con-
solidated financial statements.

and  uncertainties  that  management  believes  affect  the 
Company are described below. Before making an investment 
decision,  you  should  carefully  consider  the  risks  and  uncer-
tainties described below together with all of the other infor-
mation  included  or  incorporated  by  reference  in  this  report. 
The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only 
ones facing the Company. Additional risks and uncertainties 
that management is not aware of or focused on, or that man-
agement  currently  deems  immaterial,  may  also  impair  the 
Company’s business operations. This report is qualified in its 
entirety by these risk factors.

If  any  of  the  following  risks  adversely  affect  the  Company’s 
business,  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations,  the 
value of the Company’s common stock could decline signifi-
cantly and you could lose all or part of your investment.

INFORMATION AVAILABLE ON OUR WEB SITE

RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS

Our  Internet  address  is  www.sterlingbancorp.com  and  the 
investor  relations  section  of  our  web  site  is  located  at 
www.sterlingbancorp.com/ir/investor.cfm.  We  make  avail-
able free of charge, on or through the investor relations sec-
tion of our web site, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly 
reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K and 
amendments  to  those  reports  filed  or  furnished  pursuant  to 
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  we  electronically  file 
such  material  with,  or  furnish  it  to,  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission.

Also  posted  on  our  web  site,  and  available  in  print  upon 
request  of  any  shareholder  to  our  Investor  Relations 
Department,  are  the  Charters  for  our  Board  of  Directors’ 
Audit  Committee,  Compensation  Committee  and  Corporate 
Governance  and  Nominating  Committee,  our  Corporate 
Governance Guidelines, our Method for Interested Persons to 
Communicate with Non-Management Directors and a Code 
of Business Conduct and Ethics governing our directors, offi-
cers  and  employees.  Within  the  time  period  required  by  the 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  the  New  York 
Stock Exchange, we will post on our web site any amendment 
to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and any waiver 
applicable  to  our  senior  financial  officers,  as  defined  in  the 
Code,  or  our  executive  officers  or  directors.  In  addition, 
information  concerning  purchases  and  sales  of  our  equity 
securities by our executive officers and directors is posted on 
our web site.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

An investment in the Company’s common stock is subject to 
risks inherent to the Company’s business. The material risks 

The Company Is Subject to Interest Rate Risk
The  Company’s  earnings  and  cash  flows  are  largely  depen-
dent upon its net interest income. Net interest income is the 
difference between interest income earned on interest-earning 
assets such as loans and securities and interest expense paid 
on  interest-bearing  liabilities  such  as  deposits  and  borrowed 
funds. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that 
are  beyond  the  Company’s  control,  including  general  eco-
nomic  conditions  and  policies  of  various  governmental  and 
regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Board of Governors 
of  the  Federal  Reserve  System.  Changes  in  monetary  policy, 
including  changes  in  interest  rates,  could  influence  not  only 
the interest the Company receives on loans and securities and 
the  amount  of  interest  it  pays  on  deposits  and  borrowings, 
but  such  changes  could  also  affect  (i)  the  Company’s  ability 
to  originate  loans  and  obtain  deposits,  (ii)  the  fair  value  of 
the  Company’s  financial  assets  and  liabilities,  and  (iii)  the 
average  duration  of  the  Company’s  mortgage-backed  securi-
ties portfolio. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other 
borrowings  increase  at  a  faster  rate  than  the  interest  rates 
received on loans and other investments, the Company’s net 
interest  income,  and  therefore  earnings,  could  be  adversely 
affected.  Earnings  could  also  be  adversely  affected  if  the 
interest  rates  received  on  loans  and  other  investments  fall 
more  quickly  than  the  interest  rates  paid  on  deposits  and 
other borrowings.

Although  management  believes  it  has  implemented  effective 
asset and liability management strategies to reduce the poten-
tial  effects  of  changes  in  interest  rates  on  the  Company’s 
results of operations, any substantial, unexpected, prolonged 
change in market interest rates could have a material adverse 
effect  on  the  Company’s  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations.  For  further  discussion  related  to  the  Company’s 

P A G E   1 0

management  of  interest  rate  risk,  see  “ASSET/LIABILITY 
MANAGEMENT”  beginning  on  page  33  in  Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results 
of Operations.

The Company Is Subject to Lending Risk
There are inherent risks associated with the Company’s lend-
ing  activities.  These  risks  include,  among  other  things,  the 
impact  of  changes  in  interest  rates  and  changes  in  the  eco-
nomic  conditions  in  the  markets  where  the  Company  oper-
ates as well as those throughout the United States. Increases 
in interest rates and/or weakening economic conditions could 
adversely impact the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding 
loans or the value of the collateral securing these loans. The 
Company is also subject to various laws and regulations that 
affect its lending activities. Failure to comply with applicable 
laws  and  regulations  could  subject  the  Company  to  regula-
tory enforcement action that could result in the assessment of 
significant civil money penalties against the Company.

As  of  December  31,  2007,  approximately  63.5%  of  the 
Company’s  loan  portfolio  consisted  of  commercial  and 
industrial, factored receivables, construction and commercial 
real estate loans. These types of loans are generally viewed as 
having more risk of default than residential real estate loans 
or  consumer  loans.  These  types  of  loans  are  also  typically 
larger than residential real estate loans and consumer loans. 
Because the Company’s loan portfolio contains a significant 
number of commercial and industrial, construction and com-
mercial  real  estate  loans  with  relatively  large  balances,  the 
deterioration  of  one  or  a  few  of  these  loans  could  cause  a 
significant  increase  in  non-performing  loans.  An  increase  in 
non-performing  loans  could  result  in  a  net  loss  of  earnings 
from these loans, an increase in the provision for loan losses 
and an increase in loan charge-offs, all of which could have a 
material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition 
and  results  of  operations.  For  further  discussion  related  to 
commercial and industrial, construction and commercial real 
estate loans, see “Loan Portfolio” on page 26 in Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results 
of Operations.

The Company’s Allowance for Loan Losses 
May Be Insufficient
The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses, which 
is  a  reserve  established  through  a  provision  for  loan  losses 
charged to expense, that represents management’s best estimate 
of probable losses that have been incurred within the existing 
portfolio  of  loans.  The  allowance,  in  the  judgment  of  man-
agement, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses and 
risks inherent in the loan portfolio. The level of the allowance 
reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry con-
centrations; specific credit risks; loan loss experience; current 

loan  portfolio  quality;  present  economic,  political  and  regu-
latory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the cur-
rent  loan  portfolio.  The  determination  of  the  appropriate 
level  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  inherently  involves  a 
high degree of subjectivity and requires the Company to make 
significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, 
all of which may undergo material changes. Changes in eco-
nomic  conditions  affecting  borrowers,  new  information 
regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem 
loans  and  other  factors,  both  within  and  outside  the 
Company’s control, may require an increase in the allowance 
for loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodi-
cally  review  the  Company’s  allowance  for  loan  losses  and 
may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the 
recognition  of  further  loan  charge-offs,  based  on  judgments 
different  than  those  of  management.  In  addition,  if  charge-
offs  in  future  periods  exceed  the  allowance  for  loan  losses, 
the Company will need additional provisions to increase the 
allowance for loan losses. Any increases in the allowance for 
loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and, possi-
bly,  capital,  and  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the 
Company’s financial condition and results of operations. For 
further discussion related to the Company’s process for deter-
mining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses, 
see  “Asset  Quality”  beginning  on  page  27  in  Management’s 
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results 
of Operations.

The Company May Not Be Able to Meet the Cash Flow 
Requirements of Its Depositors and Borrowers or Meet Its 
Operating Cash Needs to Fund Corporate Expansion and 
Other Activities
Liquidity  is  the  ability  to  meet  cash  flow  needs  on  a  timely 
basis at a reasonable cost. The liquidity of the bank is used to 
make loans and leases and to repay deposit liabilities as they 
become due or are demanded by customers. Liquidity policies 
and limits are established by the board of directors. The over-
all liquidity position of the bank and the parent company are 
regularly monitored to ensure that various alternative strate-
gies  exist  to  cover  unanticipated  events  that  could  affect 
liquidity.  Funding  sources  include  Federal  funds  purchased, 
securities  sold  under  repurchase  agreements  and  non-core 
deposits.  The  bank  is  a  member  of  the  Federal  Home  Loan 
Bank of New York, which provides funding through advances 
to  members  that  are  collateralized  with  mortgage-related 
assets. We maintain a portfolio of securities that can be used 
as a secondary source of liquidity. The bank also can borrow 
through the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window.

If we were unable to access any of these funding sources when 
needed, we might be unable to meet customers’ needs, which 
could  adversely  impact  our  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations,  cash  flows,  and  level  of  regulatory-qualifying 

P A G E   1 1

capital.  For  further  discussion,  see  “Liquidity  Risk”  begin-
ning on page 34 in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Sterling Bancorp Relies on Dividends from Its Subsidiaries
Sterling  Bancorp  is  a  separate  and  distinct  legal  entity  from 
its  subsidiaries.  It  receives  dividends  from  its  subsidiaries. 
These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay divi-
dends  on  the  parent  company’s  common  stock  and  interest 
and  principal  on  its  debt.  Various  federal  and/or  state  laws 
and  regulations  limit  the  amount  of  dividends  that  Sterling 
National Bank and certain non-bank subsidiaries may pay to 
the parent company. Also, Sterling Bancorp’s right to partici-
pate in a distribution of assets upon a subsidiary’s liquidation 
or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of the subsid-
iary’s creditors. In the event Sterling National Bank is unable 
to  pay  dividends  to  Sterling  Bancorp,  Sterling  Bancorp  may 
not be able to service debt, pay obligations or pay dividends 
on  the  Company’s  common  stock.  The  inability  to  receive 
dividends from Sterling National Bank could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition 
and  results  of  operations.  See  “Supervision  and  Regulation” 
on  pages  3–9  and  Note  15  of  the  Company’s  consolidated 
financial statements.

The Company Is Subject to Environmental Liability Risk 
Associated with Lending Activities
A portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is secured by real 
property.  During  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  the 
Company may foreclose on and take title to properties secur-
ing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous 
or  toxic  substances  could  be  found  on  these  properties.  If 
hazardous or toxic substances are found, the Company may 
be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury 
and  property  damage.  Environmental  laws  may  require  the 
Company  to  incur  substantial  expense  and  may  materially 
reduce  the  affected  property’s  value  or  limit  the  Company’s 
ability  to  use  or  sell  the  affected  property.  Future  laws  or 
more  stringent  interpretations  or  enforcement  policies  with 
respect  to  existing  laws  may  increase  the  Company’s  expo-
sure  to  environmental  liability.  Although  the  Company  has 
policies and procedures to perform an environmental review 
before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these 
reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environ-
mental hazards. The remediation costs and any other finan-
cial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could 
have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  financial 
condition and results of operations.

The Company’s Profitability Depends Significantly on 
Local and Overall Economic Conditions
The  Company’s  success  depends  significantly  on  the  eco-
nomic conditions of the communities it serves and the general 
economic conditions of the United States. The Company has 

operations in New York City and the New York metropolitan 
area,  as  well  as  Virginia  and  other  mid-Atlantic  territories, 
and conducts business throughout the United States. The eco-
nomic  conditions  in  these  areas  and  throughout  the  United 
States  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  demand  for  the 
Company’s products and services as well as the ability of the 
Company’s customers to repay loans, the value of the collat-
eral securing loans and the stability of the Company’s deposit 
funding  sources.  A  significant  decline  in  general  economic 
conditions,  caused  by  inflation,  recession,  acts  of  terrorism, 
outbreak  of  hostilities  or  other  international  or  domestic 
occurrences,  unemployment,  changes  in  securities  markets, 
acts of God or other factors could impact these local economic 
conditions and, in turn, have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Severe Weather, Natural Disasters or Other Acts of God, 
Acts of War or Terrorism and Other External Events Could 
Significantly Impact the Company’s Business
Severe weather, natural disasters or other acts of God, acts of 
war or terrorism and other adverse external events could have 
a  significant  impact  on  the  Company’s  ability  to  conduct 
business.  Such  events  could  affect  the  stability  of  the 
Company’s  deposit  base,  impair  the  ability  of  borrowers  to 
repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral secur-
ing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of 
revenue  and/or  cause  the  Company  to  incur  additional 
expenses.  Although  management  has  established  disaster 
recovery policies and procedures, the occurrence of any such 
event could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on 
the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company Operates in a Highly Competitive Industry 
and Market Area
The Company faces substantial competition in all areas of its 
operations  from  a  variety  of  different  competitors,  many  of 
which are larger and may have more financial resources. Such 
competitors primarily include national, regional, and commu-
nity banks within the various markets the Company operates. 
Additionally, various out-of-state banks have entered the mar-
ket  areas  in  which  the  Company  currently  operates.  The 
Company  also  faces  competition  from  many  other  types  of 
financial  institutions,  including,  without  limitation,  savings 
and loan associations, credit unions, finance companies, bro-
kerage firms, insurance companies, factoring companies and 
other financial intermediaries. The financial services industry 
could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, 
regulatory and technological changes and continued consoli-
dation.  Banks,  securities  firms  and  insurance  companies 
can  merge  under  the  umbrella  of  a  financial  holding  com-
pany, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, 
including  banking,  securities  underwriting,  insurance  (both 

P A G E   1 2

agency and underwriting) and merchant banking. Also, tech-
nology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for 
non-banks  to  offer  products  and  services  traditionally  pro-
vided  by  banks,  such  as  automatic  transfer  and  automatic 
payment  systems.  Many  of  the  Company’s  competitors  have 
fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost struc-
tures.  Additionally,  due  to  their  size,  many  competitors 
may  be  able  to  achieve  economies  of  scale  and,  as  a  result, 
may offer a broader range of products and services as well as 
better  pricing  for  those  products  and  services  than  the 
Company does.

The Company’s ability to compete successfully depends on a 
number of factors, including, among other things:
•   The ability to develop, maintain and build upon customer 
relationships  based  on  top  quality  service,  high  ethical 
standards and safe, sound assets.

•   The ability to expand the Company’s market position.
•   The  scope,  relevance  and  pricing  of  products  and  services 

offered to meet customer needs and demands.

•   The  rate  at  which  the  Company  introduces  new  products 

and services relative to its competitors.

•   Customer satisfaction with the Company’s level of service.
•   Industry and general economic trends.

Failure  to  perform  in  any  of  these  areas  could  significantly 
weaken  the  Company’s  competitive  position,  which  could 
adversely  affect  the  Company’s  growth  and  profitability, 
which,  in  turn,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the 
Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company Is Subject to Extensive Government 
Regulation and Supervision
The  Company,  primarily  through  the  parent  company  and 
the  bank  and  certain  non-bank  subsidiaries,  is  subject  to 
extensive  federal  and  state  regulation  and  supervision. 
Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect deposi-
tors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking 
system as a whole, not shareholders. These regulations affect 
the  Company’s  lending  practices,  capital  structure,  invest-
ment  practices,  dividend  policy  and  growth,  among  other 
things. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually 
review  banking  laws,  regulations  and  policies  for  possible 
changes. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory poli-
cies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of 
statutes, regulations or policies, could affect the Company in 
substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could sub-
ject the Company to additional costs, limit the types of finan-
cial  services  and  products  the  Company  may  offer  and/or 
increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial 
services and products, among other things. Failure to comply 
with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by 
regulatory  agencies,  civil  money  penalties  and/or  reputation 

damage,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the 
Company’s business, financial condition and results of opera-
tions.  While  the  Company  has  policies  and  procedures 
designed  to  prevent  any  such  violations,  there  can  be  no 
assurance that such violations will not occur. See “Supervision 
and Regulation” on pages 3–9.

The Company’s Controls and Procedures May Fail or 
Be Circumvented
The  Company’s  internal  controls,  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures 
can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the 
objectives  of  the  system  are  met.  Any  failure  or  circumven-
tion  of  the  Company’s  controls  and  procedures  or  failure  to 
comply  with  regulations  related  to  controls  and  procedures 
could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s busi-
ness, results of operations and financial condition.

The Company May Be Subject to a Higher Effective Tax 
Rate if Sterling Real Estate Holding Company, Inc. Fails to 
Qualify as a Real Estate Investment Trust (“REIT”)
Sterling Real Estate Holding Company Inc. (“SREHC”) oper-
ates as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. SREHC was 
established to acquire, hold and manage mortgage assets and 
other authorized investments to generate net income for dis-
tribution to its shareholders.

For an entity to qualify as a REIT, it must satisfy the following 
six asset tests under the Internal Revenue Code each quarter: 
(1) 75% of the value of the REIT’s total assets must consist of 
real  estate  assets,  cash  and  cash  items,  and  government 
securities; (2) not more than 25% of the value of the REIT’s 
total assets may consist of securities, other than those includ-
ible under the 75% test; (3) not more than 5% of the value of 
its  total  assets  may  consist  of  securities  of  any  one  issuer, 
other  than  those  securities  includible  under  the  75%  test  or 
securities  of  taxable  REIT  subsidiaries;  (4)  not  more  than 
10% of the outstanding voting power of any one issuer may 
be held, other than those securities includible under the 75% 
test  or  securities  of  taxable  REIT  subsidiaries;  (5)  not  more 
than  10%  of  the  total  value  of  the  outstanding  securities  of 
any one issuer may be held, other than those securities includ-
ible under the 75% test or securities of taxable REIT subsid-
iaries; and (6) a REIT cannot own securities in one or more 
taxable REIT subsidiaries which comprise more than 20% of 
its  total  assets.  At  December  31,  2007,  SREHC  met  all  six 
quarterly asset tests.

Also,  a  REIT  must  satisfy  the  following  two  gross  income 
tests  each  year:  (1)  75%  of  its  gross  income  must  be  from 
qualifying  income  closely  connected  with  real  estate  activi-
ties;  and  (2)  95%  of  its  gross  income  must  be  derived  from 
sources  qualifying  for  the  75%  test  plus  dividends,  interest, 
and  gains  from  the  sale  of  securities.  In  addition,  a  REIT 

P A G E   1 3

must distribute at least 90% of its taxable income for the tax-
able  year,  excluding  any  net  capital  gains,  to  maintain  its 
non-taxable  status  for  federal  income  tax  purposes.  For 
2007, SREHC had met the two annual income tests and the 
distribution test.

If  SREHC  fails  to  meet  any  of  the  required  provisions 
and, therefore, does not qualify to be a REIT, the Company’s 
effective tax rate would increase.

The Current New York State Executive Budget Proposals 
Would, If Enacted, Increase New York State Tax on the 
Company’s REIT.
Provisions in the 2008–09 New York State Executive Budget 
Proposal  would,  if  enacted,  increase  the  taxes  imposed  by 
New York State on the Company’s REIT. The Company can-
not predict whether or in what form any such proposal would 
be enacted.

New Lines of Business or New Products and Services May 
Subject the Company to Additional Risks
The Company may implement new lines of business or offer 
new  products  and  services  within  existing  lines  of  business. 
There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with 
these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are 
not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of 
business  and/or  new  products  and  services,  the  Company 
may  invest  significant  time  and  resources.  Initial  timetables 
for the introduction and development of new lines of business 
and/or  new  products  or  services  may  not  be  achieved  and 
price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External 
factors,  such  as  compliance  with  regulations,  competitive 
alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact 
the successful implementation of a new line of business or a 
new  product  or  service.  Furthermore,  any  new  line  of  busi-
ness  and/or  new  product  or  service  could  have  a  significant 
impact on the effectiveness of the Company’s system of inter-
nal controls. Failure to manage these risks successfully in the 
development and implementation of new lines of business or 
new products or services could have a material adverse effect 
on  the  Company’s  business,  results  of  operations  and  finan-
cial condition.

Potential Acquisitions May Disrupt the Company’s 
Business and Dilute Shareholder Value
The  Company  seeks  merger  or  acquisition  partners  that  are 
compatible  and  have  experienced  management  and  possess 
either  significant  market  presence  or  have  potential  for 
improved profitability through financial management, econo-
mies  of  scale  or  expanded  services.  Acquiring  other  banks, 
businesses,  or  branches  involves  various  risks  commonly 
associated with acquisitions, including, among other things:
•   Potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of 

the target company.

•   Exposure  to  potential  asset  quality  issues  of  the  target 

company.

•   Difficulty  and  expense  of  integrating  the  operations  and 

personnel of the target company.

•   Potential disruption to the Company’s business.
•   Potential  diversion  of  the  Company’s  management  time 

and attention.

•   The  possible  loss  of  key  employees  and  customers  of  the 

target company.

•   Difficulty in estimating the value of the target company.
•   Potential  changes  in  banking  or  tax  laws  or  regulations 

that may affect the target company.

The  Company  regularly  evaluates  merger  and  acquisition 
opportunities and conducts due diligence activities related to 
possible  transactions  with  other  financial  institutions  and 
financial  services  companies.  As  a  result,  merger  or  acquisi-
tion  discussions  and,  in  some  cases,  negotiations  may  take 
place and future mergers or acquisitions involving cash, debt 
or equity securities may occur at any time. Acquisitions typi-
cally involve the payment of a premium over book and mar-
ket  values,  and,  therefore,  some  dilution  of  the  Company’s 
tangible  book  value  and  net  income  per  common  share  may 
occur in connection with any future transaction. Furthermore, 
failure to realize the expected revenue increases, cost savings, 
increases  in  geographic  or  product  presence,  and/or  other 
projected benefits from an acquisition could have a material 
adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  financial  condition  and 
results of operations.

The Company May Not Be Able to Attract and Retain 
Skilled People
The Company’s success depends, in large part, on its ability 
to  attract  and  retain  key  people.  Competition  for  the  best 
people in most activities engaged in by the Company can be 
intense, and the Company may not be able to hire people or 
to  retain  them.  The  unexpected  loss  of  services  of  one  or 
more of the Company’s key personnel could have a material 
adverse  impact  on  the  Company’s  business  because  of  their 
skills, knowledge of the Company’s market, years of industry 
experience  and  the  difficulty  of  promptly  finding  qualified 
replacement personnel. The Company has employment agree-
ments with two of its senior officers.

The Company’s Information Systems May Experience an 
Interruption or Breach in Security
The  Company  relies  heavily  on  communications  and  infor-
mation  systems  to  conduct  its  business.  Any  failure,  inter-
ruption  or  breach  in  security  of  these  systems  could  result 
in  failures  or  disruptions  in  the  Company’s  customer  rela-
tionship  management,  general  ledger,  deposit,  loan  and 
other  systems.  While  the  Company  has  policies  and  proce-
dures  designed  to  prevent  or  limit  the  effect  of  the  failure, 
interruption  or  security  breach  of  its  information  systems, 
there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions 
or  security  breaches  will  not  occur  or,  if  they  do  occur, 
that  they  will  be  adequately  addressed.  The  occurrence  of 
any  failures,  interruptions  or  security  breaches  of  the 
Company’s information systems could damage the Company’s 

P A G E   1 4

reputation,  result  in  a  loss  of  customer  business,  subject  the 
Company  to  additional  regulatory  scrutiny,  or  expose  the 
Company to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any 
of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
reputation, financial condition and results of operations.

•   Operating and stock price performance of other companies 

that investors deem comparable to the Company.

•   News reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues 

in the financial services industry.

•   Perceptions  in  the  marketplace  regarding  the  Company 

The Company Continually Encounters Technological Change
The  financial  services  industry  is  continually  undergoing 
rapid  technological  change  with  frequent  introductions  of 
new technology-driven products and services. The Company’s 
future  success  depends,  in  part,  upon  its  ability  to  address 
the  needs  of  the  customers  by  using  technology  to  provide 
products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as 
well  as  to  create  additional  efficiencies  in  the  Company’s 
operations.  Many  of  the  Company’s  competitors  have  sub-
stantially greater resources to invest in technological improve-
ments. The Company may not be able to implement effectively 
new technology-driven products and services or be successful 
in  marketing  these  products  and  services  to  its  customers. 
Failure  to  keep  pace  successfully  with  technological  change 
affecting the financial services industry could have a material 
adverse impact on the Company’s business and, in turn, the 
Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company Is Subject to Claims and Litigation Pertaining 
to Fiduciary Responsibility
From  time  to  time,  customers  make  claims  and  take  legal 
action pertaining to the Company’s performance of its fidu-
ciary  responsibilities.  Whether  customer  claims  and  legal 
action related to the Company’s performance of its fiduciary 
responsibilities are founded or unfounded, if such claims and 
legal  actions  are  not  resolved  in  a  manner  favorable  to  the 
Company  they  may  result  in  significant  financial  liability 
and/or adversely affect the market perception of the Company 
and  its  products  and  services  as  well  as  impact  customer 
demand for those products and services. Any fiduciary liabil-
ity or reputation damage could have a material adverse effect 
on  the  Company’s  business,  which,  in  turn,  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition 
and results of operations.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE COMPANY’S 

COMMON STOCK

The Company’s Stock Price Can Be Volatile
Stock price volatility may make it more difficult to resell the 
Company’s common stock when desired and at an attractive 
price.  The  Company’s  stock  price  can  fluctuate  significantly 
in  response  to  a  variety  of  factors,  including,  among  other 
factors:
•   Actual  or  anticipated  variations  in  quarterly  results  of 

operations.

•   Recommendations by securities analysts.

and/or its competitors.

•   New technology used, or services offered, by competitors.
•   Significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic 
partnerships,  joint  ventures  or  capital  commitments  by  or 
involving the Company or its competitors.

•   Failure to integrate acquisitions or realize anticipated bene-

fits from acquisitions.

•   Changes in government regulation.
•   Geopolitical conditions such as acts or threats of terrorism 

or military conflicts.

General  market  fluctuations,  industry  factors  and  general 
economic  and  political  conditions  and  events,  such  as  eco-
nomic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes or credit 
loss  trends,  could  also  cause  the  Company’s  stock  price  to 
decrease regardless of operating results.

The Trading Volume in the Company’s Common 
Stock Is Less Than That of Other Larger Financial 
Services Companies
Although the Company’s common stock is listed for trading 
on the New York Stock Exchange, the trading volume in its 
common stock is less than that of other larger financial ser-
vices companies. A public trading market having the desired 
characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on 
the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers 
of the Company’s common stock at any given time. This pres-
ence depends on the individual decisions of investors and gen-
eral economic and market conditions over which the Company 
has  no  control.  Given  the  trading  volume  of  the  Company’s 
common  stock,  significant  sales  of  the  Company’s  common 
stock,  or  the  expectation  of  these  sales,  could  cause  the 
Company’s stock price to fall.

An Investment in the Company’s Common Stock Is Not an 
Insured Deposit
The  Company’s  common  stock  is  not  a  bank  deposit  and, 
therefore,  is  not  insured  against  loss  by  the  Federal  Deposit 
Insurance  Corporation,  any  other  deposit  insurance  fund  or 
by  any  other  public  or  private  entity.  Investment  in  the 
Company’s common stock is inherently risky for the reasons 
described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this 
report and is subject to the same market forces that affect the 
price  of  common  stock  in  any  company.  As  a  result,  if  you 
acquire the Company’s common stock, you may lose some or 
all of your investment.

P A G E   1 5

The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws and 
Shareholders Rights Plan as Well as Certain Banking Laws 
May Have an Anti-Takeover Effect
Provisions of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and 
by-laws, federal banking laws, including regulatory approval 
requirements, and the Company’s stock purchase rights plan 
could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire the 
Company, even if doing so would be perceived to be benefi-
cial to the Company’s shareholders. The combination of these 
provisions  effectively  inhibits  a  non-negotiated  merger  or 
other  business  combination,  which,  in  turn,  could  adversely 
affect the market price of the Company’s common stock.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE COMPANY’S INDUSTRY

The Earnings of Financial Services Companies Are 
Significantly Affected by General Business and 
Economic Conditions
The Company’s operations and profitability are impacted by 
general business and economic conditions in the United States 
and  abroad.  These  conditions  include  short-term  and  long-
term  interest  rates,  inflation,  money  supply,  political  issues, 
legislative  and  regulatory  changes,  fluctuations  in  both  debt 
and  equity  capital  markets,  broad  trends  in  industry  and 
finance, and the strength of the U.S. economy and the local 
economies in which the Company operates, all of which are 
beyond  the  Company’s  control.  A  deterioration  in  economic 
conditions  could  result  in  an  increase  in  loan  delinquencies 
and non-performing assets, decreases in loan collateral values 
and  a  decrease  in  demand  for  the  Company’s  products  and 
services,  among  other  things,  any  of  which  could  have  a 
material  adverse  impact  on  the  Company’s  financial  condi-
tion and results of operations.

Financial Services Companies Depend on the Accuracy 
and Completeness of Information About Customers and 
Counterparties
In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other trans-
actions, the Company may rely on information furnished by 
or  on  behalf  of  customers  and  counterparties,  including 
financial statements, credit reports and other financial infor-
mation.  The  Company  may  also  rely  on  representations  of 
those  customers,  counterparties  or  other  third  parties,  such 
as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness 
of  that  information.  Reliance  on  inaccurate  or  misleading 
financial  statements,  credit  reports  or  other  financial  infor-
mation could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s 
business and, in turn, the Company’s financial condition and 
results of operations.

Consumers May Decide Not to Use Banks to Complete 
Their Financial Transactions
Technology  and  other  changes  are  allowing  parties  to  com-
plete  financial  transactions  that  historically  have  involved 
banks through alternative methods. For example, consumers 
can  now  maintain  funds  that  would  have  historically  been 
held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts or mutual funds. 
Consumers  can  also  complete  transactions  such  as  paying 
bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance 
of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, 
known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee 
income,  as  well  as  the  loss  of  customer  deposits  and  related 
income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue 
streams  and  these  lower-cost  deposits  as  a  source  of  funds 
could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s finan-
cial condition and results of operations.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The  principal  offices  of  the  Company  occupy  one  floor  at 
650 Fifth Avenue, New York, N.Y., consisting of approximately 
14,400  square  feet.  The  lease  for  these  premises  expires 
April  30,  2016.  Rental  commitments  to  the  expiration  date 
approximate $7,379,000.

The  bank  also  maintains  operating  leases  for  nine  branch 
offices,  the  International  Banking  Facility,  an  Operations 
Center, and additional office space in New York City, Nassau, 
Suffolk and Westchester counties (New York) and in Charlotte 
(North Carolina) with an aggregate of approximately 143,000 
square  feet.  The  aggregate  office  rental  commitments  for 
these  premises  approximates  $14,590,000.  The  leases  have 
expiration  dates  ranging  from  2008  through  2018  with 
varying renewal options. The bank owns free and clear (not 
subject  to  a  mortgage)  a  building  in  which  it  maintains  a 
branch located in Forest Hills, Queens.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In the normal course of business there are various legal pro-
ceedings  pending  against  the  Company.  Management,  after 
consulting  with  counsel,  is  of  the  opinion  that  there  should 
be no material liability with respect to such proceedings, and 
accordingly  no  provision  has  been  made  in  the  Company’s 
consolidated financial statements.

P A G E   1 6

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matter was submitted to a vote of security holders in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

This information is included pursuant to Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of SEC Regulation S-K:

Name of Executive

Title

Louis J. Cappelli
John C. Millman
John W. Tietjen
Howard M. Applebaum
Eliot S. Robinson

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Director
President, Director
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Senior Vice President
Executive Vice President of Sterling National Bank

Age

77
65
63
49
65

Held Executive
Office Since

1967
1986
1989
2002
1998

All executive officers who are employees of the parent company are elected annually by the Board of Directors and serve at the 
pleasure of the Board. The executive officer who is not an employee of the parent company is elected annually by, and serves at 
the pleasure of, the board of directors of the bank. There are no arrangements or understandings between any of the foregoing 
executive officers and any other person or persons pursuant to which he was selected as an executive officer.

On March 10, 2008, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors extended the terms of the Company’s Employment 
Agreements with Mr. Cappelli and Mr. Millman to December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

The Company’s 2007 Domestic Company Section 303A Annual CEO Certification was filed (without qualifications) with the 
New York Stock Exchange. The certifications under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are filed as exhibits to this annual 
report of Form 10-K.

P A R T   I I

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

The parent company’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol STL. Information regarding 
the  quarterly  prices  of  the  common  stock  is  presented  in  Note  25  on  page  80.  Information  regarding  the  average  common 
shares  outstanding  and  dividends  per  common  share  is  presented  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  on  page  40. 
Information regarding legal restrictions on the ability of the bank to pay dividends is presented in Note 15 on page 64. Although 
such restrictions do not apply to the payment of dividends by the parent company to its shareholders, such dividends may be 
limited by other factors, such as the requirement to maintain adequate capital under the risk-based capital regulations described 
in Note 21 beginning on page 74. As of March 5, 2008, there were 1,466 shareholders of record of our common shares.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, the following dividends were declared on our common shares on 
the dates indicated: February 23, 2006: $.19; May 2, 2006: $.19; August 17, 2006: $.19; November 16, 2006: $.19; February 
15, 2007: $.19; May 3, 2007: $.19; August 16, 2007: $.19; and November 15, 2007: $.19.

The Board of Directors initially authorized the repurchase of common shares in 1997 and since then has approved increases in 
the number of common shares that the Company is authorized to repurchase. The latest increase was announced on February 15, 
2007, when the Board of Directors increased the Company’s authority to repurchase common shares by an additional 800,000 
shares. This increased the Company’s authority to repurchase shares to approximately 933,000 common shares.

Under its share repurchase program, the Company buys back common shares from time to time. The Company did not repur-
chase any of its common shares during the fourth quarter of 2007. At December 31, 2007, the maximum number of shares that 
may yet be repurchased under the share repurchase program was 870,963.

P A G E   1 7

For information regarding securities authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plan, see Item 12 on 
page 87.

The following performance graph compares for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007 (a) the 
yearly cumulative total shareholder return (i.e., the change in share price plus the cumulative amount of dividends, assuming 
dividend reinvestment, divided by the initial share price, expressed as a percentage) on Sterling’s common shares, with (b) the 
cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index, and with (c) the cumulative total return on the KBW 50 Index 
(a market-capitalization weighted bank-stock index):

Sterling Bancorp
S&P 500
KBW 50

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

12/02

100.00
100.00
100.00

12/03

139.27
128.68
134.03

12/04

170.29
142.69
147.50

12/05

129.33
149.70
149.23

12/06

134.34
173.34
178.18

12/07

  97.81
182.87
137.16

The information appears on page 19. All such information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial state-
ments and notes thereto.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The information appears on pages 20–37 and supplementary quarterly data appears in Note 25 of the Company’s consolidated 
financial  statements.  All  such  information  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the 
notes thereto.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The  information  appears  on  pages  33–35  under  the  caption  “ASSET/LIABILITY  MANAGEMENT.”  All  such  information 
should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

P A G E   1 8

S E L E C T E D   F I N A N C I A L   D A T A [ 1 ]

Sterling Bancorp

(dollars in thousands except per share data)

2007

2006

2005

2004

2003

SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS
Total interest income
Total interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Net securities gains/(losses)
Noninterest income, excluding net securities gains/(losses)
Noninterest expenses
Income before taxes
Provision for income taxes
Income from continuing operations
(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of tax
Loss on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income
Income from continuing operations 
  Per average common share—basic

—diluted

Net income

Per average common share—basic

—diluted

Dividends per common share

YEAR END BALANCE SHEETS
Investment securities
Loans held for sale
Loans held in portfolio, net of unearned discounts
Other assets—discontinued operations
Total assets, including discontinued operations
Noninterest-bearing deposits
Interest-bearing deposits
Short-term borrowings
Long-term debt
Shareholders’ equity

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS
Investment securities
Loans held for sale
Loans held in portfolio, net of unearned discounts
Total assets, including discontinued operations
Noninterest-bearing deposits
Interest-bearing deposits
Short-term borrowings
Long-term debt
Shareholders’ equity

RATIOS
Return on average total assets
Return on average tangible shareholders’ equity[2]
Return on average shareholders’ equity
Dividend payout ratio
Average shareholders’ equity to average total assets
Net interest margin (tax-equivalent basis)
Loans/assets, year end[3]
Net charge-offs/loans, year end[4]
Nonperforming loans/loans, year end[3]
Allowance/loans, year end[4]

$ 

$  121,452
47,560
73,892
5,853
188
35,536
79,809
23,954
8,560
15,394
(795)
—
14,599

$  116,586
42,021
74,565
4,503
(443)
34,101
77,355
26,365
5,367
20,998
(603)
(9,635)
10,760

$  101,888
26,463
75,425
5,214
337
33,679
67,654
36,573
13,110
23,463
564
—
24,027

0.85
0.83

0.80
0.79
0.76

625,241
23,756
1,187,124
—
2,012,649
535,351
991,635
205,418
65,774
121,070

586,463
43,919
1,069,453
1,892,751
444,672
1,055,696
131,573
44,130
124,140

1.12
1.09

0.57
0.56
0.76

569,324
33,320
1,112,602
1,663
1,885,957
546,443
975,587
83,776
45,774
132,263

647,602
40,992
1,002,688
1,944,776
439,064
951,333
255,204
59,938
143,178

1.22
1.19

1.25
1.22
0.73

715,299
40,977
1,012,057
116,250
2,056,042
510,884
937,442
281,838
85,774
147,587

713,629
53,948
890,085
1,931,101
452,632
936,665
198,879
106,514
149,836

86,228
18,351
67,877
6,139
1,256
32,683
61,929
33,748
11,074
22,674
1,930
—
24,604

1.19
1.13

1.29
1.23
0.63

680,220
37,059
906,762
114,596
1,871,112
511,307
832,544
150,825
135,774
148,704

689,569
46,395
778,272
1,777,720
415,664
830,950
166,804
135,774
142,536

$ 

80,251
16,115
64,136
5,412
551
30,946
56,182
34,039
12,605
21,434
2,469
—
23,903

1.13
1.08

1.26
1.20
0.54

683,118
40,556
772,919
127,053
1,759,824
474,092
737,649
189,489
135,774
143,262

593,005
71,779
673,412
1,587,623
370,554
683,748
179,002
139,870
134,150

0.81%

1.13%

1.29%

1.36%

1.45%

15.20
12.40
89.35
6.56
4.49
60.16
0.49
0.53
1.27

17.43
14.67
67.70
7.70
4.64
60.81
0.43
0.51
1.46

18.23
15.66
59.82
8.23
4.76
54.29
0.41
0.37
1.52

18.68
15.91
53.39
8.56
4.63
53.73
0.43
0.23
1.59

18.97
15.98
47.17
9.09
4.83
49.82
0.41
0.37
1.65

[1]  All data presented is from continuing operations unless indicated otherwise.
[2]  Average tangible shareholders’ equity is average shareholders’ equity less average goodwill.
[3]  In this calculation, the term “loans” means loans held for sale and loans held in portfolio.
[4]  In this calculation, the term “loans” means loans held in portfolio.

P A G E   1 9

M A N A G E M E N T ’ S   D I S C U S S I O N   A N D   A N A L Y S I S   O F 
F I N A N C I A L   C O N D I T I O N   A N D   R E S U L T S   O F   O P E R A T I O N S

Sterling Bancorp

The following commentary presents management’s discus sion 
and  analysis  of  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  opera-
tions of Sterling Bancorp (the “parent company”), a financial 
holding  company  under  the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  of 
1956,  as  amended  by  the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act  of  1999, 
and  its  subsidiaries,  principally  Sterling  National  Bank  (the 
“bank”). Throughout this discussion and analysis, the term the 
“Company”  refers  to  Sterling  Bancorp  and  its  subsidiaries. 
This  discussion  and  analysis  should  be  read  in  conjunction 
with the consolidated financial statements and selected finan-
cial  data  contained  elsewhere  in  this  annual  report.  Certain 
reclassifications have been made to prior years’ financial data 
to conform to  current financial statement presentations.

FORWARD -LOOKING STATEMENTS AND FACTORS THAT 

COULD AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS

Certain statements contained or incorporated by reference in 
this annual report on Form 10-K, including but not limited to, 
statements concerning future results of operations or financial 
position, borrowing capacity and future liquidity, future invest-
ment  results,  future  credit  exposure,  future  loan  losses  and 
plans and objectives for future operations, and other statements 
regarding matters that are not historical facts, are “forward-
looking statements” as defined in the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934. These statements are not historical facts but instead 
are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, 
and  represent  only  our  belief  regarding  future  events,  many 
of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and outside 
our  control.  Any  forward-looking  statements  we  may  make 
speak only as of the date on which such statements are made. 
Our  actual  results  and  financial  position  may  differ  materi-
ally from the anticipated results and financial condition indi-
cated in or implied by these forward-looking statements.

Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially 
from those in the forward-looking statements include, but are 
not limited to, the following: inflation, interest rates, market 
and monetary fluctuations; geopolitical developments including 
acts of war and terrorism and their impact on economic condi-
tions; the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal 
policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Federal 
Reserve Board; changes, particularly declines, in general eco-
nomic  conditions  and  in  the  local  economies  in  which  the 
Company operates; the financial condition of the Company’s 
borrowers; competitive pressures on loan and deposit pricing 
and demand; changes in technology and their impact on the 
marketing of new products and services and the acceptance of 
these products and services by new and existing customers; the 
willingness of customers to substitute competitors’ products and 
services for the Company’s products and services; the impact of 
changes in financial services laws and regulations (including 
laws  concerning  taxes,  banking,  securities  and  insurance); 

changes in accounting principles, policies and guidelines; the 
risks and uncertainties described in Item 1A. Risk Factors on 
pages  10–16;  other  risks  and  uncertainties  described  from 
time to time in press releases and other public filings; and the 
Company’s  performance  in  managing  the  risks  involved  in 
any of the foregoing. The foregoing list of important factors 
is not exclusive, and we will not update any forward-looking 
statement,  whether  written  or  oral,  that  may  be  made  from 
time to time.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The accounting and reporting policies followed by the Company 
conform,  in  all  material  respects,  to  U.S.  generally  accepted 
accounting principles. In preparing the consolidated financial 
statements,  management  has  made  estimates,  assumptions 
and judgments based on information available as of the date 
of  the  financial  statements;  accordingly,  as  this  information 
changes,  the  financial  statements  may  reflect  different  esti-
mates,  assumptions  and  judgments.  Certain  policies  inher-
ently have greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions 
and judgments and as such have a greater possibility of pro-
ducing  results  that  could  be  materially  different  than  origi-
nally  reported.  Estimates,  assumptions  and  judgments  are 
necessary  when  assets  and  liabilities  are  required  to  be 
recorded at fair value, when a decline in the value of an asset 
not carried on the financial statements at fair value warrants 
an  impairment  write-down  or  valuation  allowance  to  be 
established,  or  when  an  asset  or  liability  must  be  recorded 
contingent upon a future event. Carrying assets and liabilities 
at  fair  value  inherently  results  in  more  financial  statement 
volatility. The fair values and the information used to record 
valuation  adjustments  for  certain  assets  and  liabilities  are 
based either on quoted market prices or are provided by other 
third-party  sources,  when  readily  available.  Actual  results 
could differ significantly from those estimates.

The Company’s accounting policies are fundamental to under-
standing management’s discussion and analysis of financial con-
dition and results of operations. The most significant accounting 
policies followed by the Company are presented in Note 1 begin-
ning  on  page  45.  The  accounting  for  factoring  transactions 
also  is  discussed  under  “Business  Operations—The  Bank—
Commercial  Lending,  Asset-Based  Financing  and  Factoring/
Accounts Receivable Management” on pages 1 and 2.

The Company has identified its policies on the allowance for 
loan  losses  and  income  tax  liabilities  to  be  critical  because 
management  has  to  make  subjective  and/or  complex  judg-
ments about matters that are inherently uncertain and could 
be subject to revision as new information becomes available. 
Additional  information  on  these  policies  can  be  found  in 
Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.

P A G E   2 0

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  represents  management’s  esti-
mate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. 
Determining  the  amount  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  is 
considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires sig-
nificant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount 
and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, 
estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on his-
torical loss experience, and consideration of current economic 
trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to signifi-
cant change. The methodology used to determine the allowance 
for loan losses is outlined in Note 1 to the consolidated finan-
cial statements and a discussion of the factors driving changes 
in  the  amount  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  included 
under the caption “Asset Quality” beginning on page 27.

The  objectives  of  accounting  for  income  taxes  are  to  recog-
nize  the  amount  of  taxes  payable  or  refundable  for  the  cur-
rent year and deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future 
tax  consequences  of  events  that  have  been  recognized  in  an 
entity’s  financial  statements  or  tax  returns.  Judgment  is 
required  in  assessing  the  future  tax  consequences  of  events 
that  have  been  recognized  in  the  Company’s  consolidated 
financial statements or tax returns. Fluctuations in the actual 
outcome  of  these  future  tax  consequences  could  impact  the 
Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of oper-
ations. In connection with determining its income tax provi-
sion  under  statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standard  No. 
109 and Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation 
No.  48,  the  Company  maintains  a  reserve  related  to  certain 
tax positions and strategies that management believes contain 
an element of uncertainty. The Company evaluates each of its 
tax positions and strategies periodically to determine whether 
the reserve continues to be appropriate. Additional discussion 
on  the  accounting  for  income  taxes  is  presented  in  Notes  1 
and 18 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

OVERVIEW

The  Company  provides  a  broad  range  of  financial  products 
and  services,  including  business  and  consumer  loans,  com-
mercial  and  residential  mortgage  lending  and  brokerage, 
asset-based financing, factoring/accounts receivable manage-
ment  services,  trade  financing,  equipment  leasing,  deposit 
services,  trust  and  estate  administration,  and  investment 
management  services.  The  Company  has  operations  in  the 
metropolitan New York area, New Jersey and North Carolina, 
and conducts business throughout the United States. The gen-
eral  state  of  the  U.S.  economy  and,  in  par ticular,  economic 
and  market  conditions  in  the  metropolitan  New  York  area 
have a significant impact on loan demand, the ability of bor-
rowers  to  repay  these  loans  and  the  value  of  any  collateral 
securing  these  loans  and  may  also  affect  deposit  levels. 
Accordingly,  future  general  economic  conditions  are  a  key 

uncertainty  that  management  expects  will  materially  affect 
the Company’s results of operations.

As of April 3, 2006, Sterling Resource Funding Corp., a sub-
sidiary of the bank, completed the acquisition of the business 
and certain assets of PL Services, L.P.

In September 2006, the Company sold the business conducted 
by Sterling Financial Services (“Sterling Financial”). In accor-
dance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, the 
assets,  liabilities  and  earnings/loss  of  the  business  con-
ducted by Sterling Financial have been shown separately as 
discontinued operations in the consolidated balance sheets and 
consolidated statements of income for all periods presented.

For purposes of the following discussion, except for the sec-
tion  entitled  “Discontinued  Operations,”  average  balances, 
average  rates,  income  and  expenses  associated  with  Sterling 
Financial have been excluded from continuing operations and 
reported separately for all periods presented.

The interest expense allocated to discontinued operations was 
based  on  the  actual  average  balances,  interest  expenses  and 
average rate on each category of interest-bearing liabilities, with 
the average rate applied to the aggregate average loan balances 
to  determine  the  funding  cost.  Interest  expense  allocated  to 
the funding supporting the Sterling Financial net loans for these 
periods was assigned based on the average net loan balances 
proportionately funded by all interest-bearing liabilities at an 
average rate equal to the cost of each applied to its average bal-
ance  for  the  period.  The  “Rate/Volume  Analysis”  was  pre-
pared on the same basis, as was the “Average Balance Sheets.”

In 2007, the bank’s average earning assets represented approx-
imately  99.7%  of  the  Company’s  average  earning  assets. 
Loans  represented  64.4%  and  investment  securities  repre-
sented 34.1% of the bank’s average earning assets in 2007.

The  Company’s  primary  source  of  earnings  is  net  interest 
income, and its principal market risk exposure is interest rate 
risk. The Company is not able to predict market interest rate 
fluctuations  and  its  asset/liability  management  strategy  may 
not  prevent  interest  rate  changes  from  having  a  material 
adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  results  of  operations  and 
financial condition.

Although management endeavors to minimize the credit risk 
inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio, it must necessarily 
make  various  assumptions  and  judgments  about  the 
collectibility of the loan portfolio based on its experience and 
evaluation  of  economic  conditions.  If  such  assumptions  or 
judgments  prove  to  be  incorrect,  the  current  allowance  for 
loan  losses  may  not  be  sufficient  to  cover  loan  losses  and 
additions  to  the  allowance  may  be  necessary,  which  would 
have a negative impact on net income.

P A G E   2 1

There  is  intense  competition  in  all  areas  in  which  the 
Company conducts its business. The Company competes with 
banks and other financial institutions, including savings and 
loan  associations,  savings  banks,  finance  companies,  and 
credit  unions.  Many  of  these  competitors  have  substantially 
greater resources and lending limits and provide a wider array 
of  banking  ser vices.  To  a  limited  extent,  the  Company  also 
competes  with  other  providers  of  financial  services,  such  as 
money  market  mutual  funds,  brokerage  firms,  consumer 
finance companies and insurance companies. Competition is 
based on a number of factors, including prices, interest rates, 
services, availability of products and geographic location.

The  Company  regularly  evaluates  acquisition  opportunities 
and conducts due diligence activities in connection with pos-
sible acquisitions. As a result, acquisition discussions, and in 
some  cases  negotiations,  regularly  take  place  and  future 
acquisitions could occur.

INCOME STATEMENT ANALYSIS

Net interest income, which represents the difference between 
interest earned on interest-earning assets and interest incurred 
on  interest-bearing  liabilities,  is  the  Company’s  primary 
source  of  earnings.  Net  interest  income  can  be  affected  by 
changes in market interest rates as well as the level and compo-
sition of assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity. Net inter-
est spread is the difference between the average rate earned, on 
a tax-equivalent basis, on interest-earning assets and the aver-
age rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The net yield on 
 interest-earning assets (“net interest margin”) is calculated by 
dividing tax equivalent net interest income by average interest-
earning assets. Generally, the net interest margin will exceed 
the  net  interest  spread  because  a  portion  of  interest-earning 
assets are funded by various noninterest-bearing sources, prin-
cipally noninterest-bearing deposits and shareholders’ equity. 
The  increases  (decreases)  in  the  components  of  interest 
income and interest expense, expressed in terms of fluctuation 
in average volume and rate, are provided in the Rate/Volume 
Analysis  shown  on  page  32.  Information  as  to  the  compo-
nents of interest income and interest expense and average rates 
is provided in the Average Balance Sheets shown on page 31.

COMPARISON OF THE YEARS 2007 AND 2006

The  Company  reported  income  from  continuing  operations, 
after income taxes, for the year ended December 31, 2007 of 
$15.4  million,  representing  $0.83  per  share,  calculated  on  a 
diluted basis, compared to $ 21.0 million, or $1.09 per share, 
calculated on a diluted basis, for the year 2006. This decrease 
reflected  higher  interest  and  noninterest  expenses,  a  higher 
provision  for  loan  losses  and  a  higher  provision  for  income 
taxes, which were partially offset by increases in interest and 
noninterest income.

Net Interest Income
Net  interest  income,  on  a  tax-equivalent  basis,  was  $74.4 
million  for  2007  compared  to  $75.3  million  for  2006.  Net 
interest income was positively impacted by higher average loan 
and federal funds sold balances, a higher yield on investment 
securities  and  lower  balances  for  borrowed  funds  and  nega-
tively impacted by lower average investment securities outstand-
ings, lower yield on loans and higher average balances coupled 
with  higher  rates  paid  for  interest-bearing  deposits.  The  net 
interest margin, on a tax-equivalent basis, was 4.49% for 2007 
compared  to  4.64%  for  2006.  The  net  interest  margin  was 
impacted by the higher interest rate environment during most of 
2007 and by the earning asset and the funding mix. Additionally, 
the more competitive pricing practices in the Company’s mar-
kets  caused  the  cost  of  interest-bearing  deposits  to  increase 
more rapidly than the yield on interest-earning assets.

Total  interest  income,  on  a  tax-equivalent  basis,  aggregated 
$121.9  million  for  2007,  up  from  $117.3  million  for  2006. 
The tax equivalent yield on interest-earning assets was 7.36% 
for 2007 compared to 7.23% for 2006.

Interest earned on the loan portfolio amounted to $92.3 mil-
lion  for  2007,  up  $5.4  million  from  the  year  ago  period. 
Average  loan  balances  amounted  to  $1,113.4  million,  an 
increase of $69.7 million from an average of $1,043.7 million 
in the prior year. The increase in average loans (across many 
segments of the Company’s loan portfolio), primarily due to 
the  acquisition  of  Sterling  Resource  Funding  Corp.  coupled 
with  the  Company’s  other  business  development  activities 
and  the  ongoing  consolidation  of  banks  in  the  Company’s 
marketing area, accounted for a $6.7 million increase in inter-
est earned on loans. The decrease in the yield on the loan port-
folio to 8.83% for 2007 from 8.97% for 2006 was primarily 
attributable to the mix of average outstanding balances among 
the  components  of  the  loan  portfolio  partially  offset  by  the 
higher interest rate environment during most of 2007 and the 
competitive pricing practice in the Company’s markets.

Interest earned on the securities portfolio, on a tax-equivalent 
basis, decreased to $28.3 million for 2007 from $30.1 million 
in  the  prior  year.  Average  outstandings  decreased  to  $586.5 
million  (34.0%  of  average  earning  assets)  for  2007  from 
$647.6 million (38.1% of average earning assets) in the prior 
year.  The  average  yield  increased  to  4.83%  for  2007  com-
pared  to  4.65%  for  2006.  The  average  life  of  the  securities 
portfolio was approximately 6.2 years at December 31, 2007 
compared to 4.7 years at December 31, 2006.

Total  interest  expense  increased  to  $47.6  million  for  2007 
from  $42.0  million  for  2006,  primarily  due  to  higher  rates 
paid and higher average balances for interest-bearing depos-
its.  Partially  offsetting  those  increases  was  the  impact  of 
lower borrowed funds balances.

P A G E   2 2

Interest expense on deposits increased to $38.8 million for 2007 
from $29.0 million for 2006 due to an increase in the cost of 
those funds coupled with higher average balances. The average 
rate  paid  on  interest-bearing  deposits  was  3.67%  in  2007 
which  was  62  basis  points  higher  than  the  prior  year.  The 
increase in average costs of deposits reflects the higher interest 
rate environment during most of 2007 coupled with the more 
competitive pricing practices in the Company’s market. Average 
interest-bearing deposit balances increased to $1,055.7 million 
for 2007 from $951.3 million for 2006 reflecting the benefit 
derived from the Company’s business development activities.

Interest  expense  on  borrowings  decreased  to  $8.8  million 
for  2007  from  $15.5  million  for  2006  primarily  due  to  the 
lower  average  balances  for  borrowed  funds.  Average  bor-
rowed  funds  balances  decreased  to  $175.7  million  for  2007 
from  $315.1  million  in  2006  reflecting  less  reliance  by  the 
Company on wholesale funding.

Provision for Loan Losses
Based  on  management’s  continuing  evaluation  of  the  loan 
portfolio  (discussed  under  “Asset  Quality”  below),  the  pro-
vision for loan losses for 2007 increased to $5.9 million from 
$4.5  million  for  the  prior  year.  Factors  affecting  the  level 
of  provision  included  the  growth  in  the  loan  portfolios, 
changes in general economic conditions, levels of charge-offs 
and the amount of nonaccrual loans.

Noninterest Income
Noninterest income increased to $35.7 million for 2007 from 
$33.7  million  in  2006,  primarily  due  to  higher  accounts 
receivable  management/factoring  commissions  and  other 
fees principally due to revenues attributable to the acquisition 
of  Sterling  Resource  Funding  Corp.  Also  contributing  to 
the  increase  were  net  gains  on  securities  sales/calls  in  2007 
compared  with  net  losses  for  2006.  Partially  offsetting 
these  increases  was  a  decrease  in  mortgage  banking  income 
primarily  due  to  revaluation  charges  which  reduced  the 
carrying  values  of  residential  mortgage  loans  held  for  sale 
to  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  and  a  charge  for  settlement 
of potential repurchase obligations as part of our loss mitiga-
tion efforts.

Noninterest Expenses
Noninterest  expenses  increased  to  $79.8  million  for  2007 
from $77.4 million in 2006. The increase was primarily due 
to  higher  salaries,  employee  benefits,  equipment  and  occu-
pancy  costs  related  to  investments  in  the  Sterling  franchise, 
including  the  new  branches  and  the  acquisition  of  Sterling 
Resource Funding Corp. Also contributing to higher employee 
benefits expense were increases in pension costs.

Provision for Income Taxes
The  provision  for  income  taxes  for  2007  increased  by  $3.2 
million  from  2006.  The  provision  for  2006  was  reduced  as 

the  result  of  reversals  aggregating  $4.4  million  (during  the 
first and third quarters of 2006) of reserves for state and local 
taxes, net of federal tax effect, as a result of the resolution of 
certain  state  and  local  tax  issues  and  the  closure  of  certain 
tax  years  for  local  tax  purposes.  The  year-over-year  change 
in the provision was also impacted by the lower level of pre-
tax income in 2007.

Discontinued Operations
In September 2006, the Company sold the business conducted 
by  Sterling  Financial.  In  accordance  with  U.S.  generally 
accepted accounting principles, income after taxes from dis-
continued operations and the loss on disposal of discontinued 
operations,  net  of  tax,  are  reported  in  the  Consolidated 
Statements of Income after net income from continuing oper-
ations for all periods presented.

The  loss  from  discontinued  operations  was  $0.8  million  for 
2007,  representing  $0.04  per  share,  compared  to  a  loss  of 
$0.6 million, or $.03 per share, for 2006.

Income  taxes  were  calculated  using  a  “with  and  without” 
methodology that resulted in an overall tax rate of 39.16% in 
2007 and 38.54% in 2006.

COMPARISON OF THE YEARS 2006 AND 2005

The  Company  reported  income  from  continuing  operations, 
after income taxes, for the year ended December 31, 2006 of 
$21.0  million,  representing  $1.09  per  share,  calculated  on  a 
diluted basis, compared to $23.5 million, or $1.19 per share, 
calculated on a diluted basis, for the year 2005. This decrease 
reflected  higher  interest  and  noninterest  expenses  and  lower 
noninterest income, which were partially offset by an increase 
in interest income coupled with decreases in the provision for 
loan losses and the provision for income taxes.

Net Interest Income
Net  interest  income,  on  a  tax-equivalent  basis,  was  $75.3 
million  for  2006  compared  to  $76.1  million  for  2005.  Net 
interest  income  was  positively  impacted  by  higher  average 
loan balances at higher average yields and negatively impacted 
by  lower  average  investment  securities  outstandings  and 
higher  rates  paid  on  interest-bearing  deposits  and  borrowed 
funds  coupled  with  higher  balances  for  interest-bearing 
deposits  and  borrowed  funds.  The  net  interest  margin,  on  a 
tax-equivalent basis, was 4.64% for 2006 compared to 4.76% 
for  2005.  The  net  interest  margin  was  impacted  by  the  flat-
tening of the yield curve, the higher interest rate environment 
in 2006, the lower level of noninterest-bearing demand depos-
its and the effect of higher average loan balances. The flatten-
ing yield curve and more competitive pricing practices in the 
Company’s markets caused the costs of deposits and borrow-
ings to increase faster than the yield on earning assets.

P A G E   2 3

Total  interest  income,  on  a  tax-equivalent  basis,  aggregated 
$117.3  million  for  2006,  up  from  $102.6  million  for  2005. 
The tax-equivalent yield on interest-earning assets was 7.23% 
for 2006 compared to 6.41% for 2005.

Interest earned on the loan portfolio amounted to $86.9 mil-
lion for 2006, up $17.1 million from 2005. Average loan bal-
ances  amounted  to  $1,043.7  million,  an  increase  of  $99.7 
million  from  an  average  of  $944.0  million  in  2005.  The 
increase in average loans (across virtually all segments of the 
Company’s  loan  portfolio),  primarily  due  to  the  acquisition 
of  Sterling  Resource  Funding  Corp.  coupled  with  the 
Company’s  other  business  development  activities  and  the 
ongoing consolidation of banks in the Company’s marketing 
area, accounted for $7.9 million of the $17.1 million increase 
in  interest  earned  on  loans.  The  increase  in  the  yield  on  the 
loan portfolio to 8.97% for 2006 from 7.99% for 2005 was 
primarily  attributable  to  the  mix  (including  the  acquisition 
of  Sterling  Resource  Funding  Corp.)  of  average  outstanding 
balances  among  the  components  of  the  loan  portfolio  and 
the higher interest rate environment in 2006.

Interest earned on the securities portfolio, on a tax-equivalent 
basis,  decreased  to  $30.1  million  for  2006  from  $32.4  mil-
lion  in  the  prior  year.  Average  outstandings  decreased  to 
$647.6  million  (38.1%  of  average  earning  assets)  for  2006 
from $713.6 million (42.7% of average earning assets) in the 
prior  year.  The  average  life  of  the  securities  portfolio  was 
approximately 4.7 years at December 31, 2006 compared to 
4.4 years at December 31, 2005.

Total  interest  expense  increased  to  $42.0  million  for  2006 
from  $26.5  million  for  2005,  primarily  due  to  higher  rates 
paid  for  interest-bearing  deposits  and  for  borrowed  funds 
and higher average balances for interest-bearing deposits and 
borrowed funds.

Interest  expense  on  deposits  increased  to  $29.0  million  for 
2006 from $18.1 million for 2005 primarily due to an increase 
in the cost of those funds. The average rate paid on interest-
bearing  deposits  was  3.05%  in  2006,  which  was  111  basis 
points higher than the prior year. The increase in average cost 
of deposits reflects the higher interest rate environment dur-
ing 2006. Average interest-bearing deposit balances increased 
to $951.3 million for 2006 from $936.7 million for 2005.

Interest  expense  on  borrowings  increased  to  $15.5  million 
for  2006  from  $11.0  million  for  2005  primarily  due  to  the 
higher  interest  rate  environment  during  2006.  The  average 
rate paid on borrowed funds was 4.94% which was 135 basis 
points higher than the prior year. The increase in average cost 
of  borrowings  reflects  the  higher  interest  rate  environment 
during 2006. Average borrowed funds balances increased to 
$315.1 million for 2006 from $305.4 million in 2005.

Provision for Loan Losses
Based on management’s continuing evaluation of the loan port-
folio (discussed under “Asset Quality” below), the provision 
for loan losses for 2006 decreased to $4.5 million from $5.2 
million for the prior year. Factors affecting the level of provision 
included the growth in the loan portfolios, changes in general 
economic conditions and the amount of nonaccrual loans.

Noninterest Income
Noninterest income decreased to $33.7 million for 2006 from 
$34.0 million in 2005, primarily due to lower revenues from 
mortgage  banking  activities  and  bank  owned  life  insurance 
coupled  with  higher  losses  from  sales  of  available  for  sale 
securities.  The  decrease  in  mortgage  banking  income  was 
principally due to lower volume of loans sold and the contin-
ued yield compression in the secondary market for loans that 
impacted the entire industry. Partially offsetting these decreases 
were increased revenues from customer related service charges 
and fees primarily due to revenues attributable to the acquisi-
tion of Sterling Resource Funding Corp.

Noninterest Expenses
Noninterest  expenses  increased  to  $77.4  million  for  2006 
from $67.7 million in 2005. The increase was primarily due 
to  higher  salaries,  employee  benefits,  equipment  and  occu-
pancy  costs  related  to  investments  in  the  Sterling  franchise, 
including  the  new  branches  and  the  acquisition  of  Sterling 
Resource Funding Corp. Also contributing to higher employee 
benefits expense were increases in pension costs. During the 
third quarter of 2005, noninterest expenses were reduced by 
$1.0  million  due  to  the  reversal  of  litigation  costs  originally 
charged to noninterest expenses in 2001.

Provision for Income Taxes
The  provision  for  income  taxes  for  2006  decreased  by  $7.7 
million from 2005. The decrease was primarily due to: (1) a 
$3.7  million  reversal  (during  the  first  quarter  of  2006)  of 
reserves for state and local taxes, net of federal tax effect, as 
a result of the resolution of certain state tax issues, (2) a $0.6 
million reversal (during the third quarter of 2006) of reserves 
for state and local taxes, net of federal tax effect, as a result 
of the closure of certain tax years for local tax purposes and 
(3) the lower level of pre-tax income.

Discontinued Operations
In September 2006, the Company sold the business conducted 
by  Sterling  Financial.  In  accordance  with  U.S.  generally 
accepted accounting prin ciples, income after taxes from dis-
continued operations and the loss on disposal of discontinued 
operations,  net  of  tax,  are  reported  in  the  Consolidated 
Statements of Income after net income from continuing oper-
ations for all periods presented.

P A G E   2 4

The loss from discontinued operations was $0.6 million for 2006, representing $0.03 per share, compared to income of $0.6 
million, or $.03 per share, for 2005. The decrease was due to lower net interest income and a higher provision for loan losses 
for 2006 compared to 2005.

The net after-tax loss on the disposal of discontinued operations was $9.6 million, or $0.50 per share, for 2006.

Income taxes were calculated using a “with and without” methodology that resulted in an overall tax rate of 38.54% in 2006 
and 45.80% in 2005.

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Securities
The Company’s securities portfolios are composed principally of obligations of U.S. government corporations and government 
sponsored enterprises along with other debt and equity securities. At December 31, 2007, the Company’s portfolio of securities 
totaled $625.2 million, of which obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises amounted 
to $469.2 million which is approximately 93.1% of the total. The Company has the intent and ability to hold to maturity securi-
ties classified as “held to maturity.” These securities are carried at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of 
discounts. The gross unrealized gains and losses on “held to maturity” securities were $2.2 million and $4.3 million, respec-
tively.  Securities  classified  as  “available  for  sale”  may  be  sold  in  the  future,  prior  to  maturity.  These  securities  are  carried  at 
market value. Net aggregate unrealized gains or losses on these securities are included in a valuation allowance account and are 
shown net of taxes, as a component of shareholders’ equity. “Avail able for sale” securities included gross unrealized gains of 
$1.5 million and gross unrealized losses of $4.0 million. Given the generally high credit quality of the portfolio, management 
expects to realize all of its investment upon the maturity of such instruments and, thus, believes that any market value impair-
ment is temporary. Management has no current intention to sell any available for sale securities at a loss.

Information regarding book values and range of maturities by type of security and weighted average yields for totals of each 
category is presented in Note 5 beginning on page 53.

The following table sets forth the composition of the  Com pany’s investment securities by type, with related carrying values at 
the end of each of the three most recent fiscal years:

December 31, 

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government 

  sponsored enterprises
Mortgage-backed securities

CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)
CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)
CMOs (Government National Mortgage Association)
Federal National Mortgage Association
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
Government National Mortgage Association

Total mortgage-backed securities
Federal Home Loan Bank agency notes
Federal Farm Credit Bank agency notes

Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and government 

  sponsored enterprises

Obligations of state and political subdivisions
Trust preferred securities
Corporate securities
Federal Reserve Bank stock
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Other securities
Debt securities issued by foreign governments

2007

2006

2005

Balances

% of
Total

Balances

% of
Total

Balances

% of
Total

(dollars in thousands)

$  21,159
44,444
—
251,615
184,667
14,922

516,807
9,992
15,000

541,799
21,601
1,248
—
1,131
2,719
326
500

3.72%
7.81
—
44.19
32.44
2.62

90.78
1.76
2.63

95.17
3.79
0.22
—
0.19
0.48
0.06
0.09

$  20,789
42,634
9,094
225,736
158,705
12,247

469,205
85,502
27,218

581,925
19,142
4,303
12,810
1,131
5,360
320
250

3.33%
6.82
1.45
36.10
25.38
1.96

75.04
13.68
4.35

93.07
3.06
0.69
2.05
0.18
0.86
0.05
0.04

$  22,871
48,687
—
299,372
215,528
19,645

606,103
39,689
29,795

675,587
31,307
—
—
1,131
5,950
324
1,000

3.20%
6.80
—
41.85
30.13
2.74

84.72
5.55
4.17

94.44
4.38
—
—
0.16
0.83
0.05
0.14

Total

$ 625,241

100.00%

$ 569,324

100.00%

$ 715,299

100.00%

P A G E   2 5

 
 
The following table presents information regarding the average life and yields of certain available for sale (“AFS”) and held to 
maturity (“HTM”) securities:

December 31, 2007

Mortgage-backed securities
Agency notes (with original call dates ranging between 3 and 36 months)
Agency notes (noncallable)
Obligations of state and political subdivisions

[1] tax equivalent

Weighted Average Life Weighted Average Yield

AFS

HTM

AFS

HTM

4.7 years
13.5 years

4.6 years
9.7 years
— 0.6 years

5.7 years —

4.69%
6.01%
—
6.24%(1)

4.64%
5.00%
4.50%
—

Loan Portfolio
A management objective is to maintain the quality of the loan portfolio. The Company seeks to achieve this objective by main-
taining rigorous underwriting standards coupled with regular evaluation of the creditworthiness of and the designation of lend-
ing limits for each borrower. The portfolio strategies include seeking industry and loan size diversification in order to minimize 
credit exposure and originating loans in markets with which the Company is familiar.

The Company’s commercial and industrial loan and factored receivables portfolios represents approximately 52% of all loans. 
Loans in this category are typically made to individuals, small and medium-sized businesses and range between $250,000 and 
$15 million. The Company’s leasing portfolio, which consists of finance leases for various types of business equipment, repre-
sents approximately 21% of all loans. The leasing and commercial and industrial loan portfolios are included in corporate lend-
ing for segment reporting purposes as presented in Note 22 beginning on page 75. The Company’s real estate loan portfolios, 
which represent approximately 24% of all loans, are secured by mortgages on real property located principally in the states of 
New  York,  New  Jersey,  Virginia  and  North  Carolina.  Sources  of  repayment  are  from  the  borrower’s  operating  profits,  cash 
flows and liquidation of pledged collateral. Based on underwriting standards, loans and leases may be secured whole or in part 
by collateral such as liquid assets, accounts receivable, equipment, inventory, and real property. The collateral securing any loan 
or lease may depend on the type of loan and may vary in value based on market conditions.

The following table, restated to reflect the disposition of Sterling Financial (see Note 2 beginning on page 51), sets forth the 
composition of the Company’s loans held for sale and loans held in portfolio, net of unearned discounts, at the end of each of 
the five most recent fiscal years:

December 31,

2007

2006

2005

2004

2003

Domestic

Commercial and industrial
Lease financing
Factored receivables
Real estate—residential mortgage
Real estate—commercial mortgage
Real estate—construction and 

land development
Installment—individuals
Loans to depository institutions

Balances

% of
Total

Balances

% of
Total

Balances

% of
Total

Balances

% of
Total

Balances

% of
Total

(dollars in thousands)

$  539,969
249,702
92,631
153,221
99,093

44.59% $  521,992
207,771
20.62
100,156
7.65
153,376
12.66
93,215
8.18

45.55% $  414,952
190,391
18.13
100,663
8.74
188,723
13.39
110,871
8.13

39.40% $ 386,557
162,961
18.08
93,186
9.56
149,387
17.92
113,933
10.53

40.96% $ 334,547
148,737
17.27
101,653
9.87
107,766
15.83
94,145
12.07

41.12%
18.29
12.50
13.25
11.57

37,161
12,103
27,000

3.07
1.00
2.23

30,031
12,381
27,000

2.62
1.08
2.36

2,309
13,125
32,000

0.22
1.25
3.04

2,320
15,477
20,000

0.24
1.64
2.12

2,368
14,259
10,000

0.29
1.75
1.23

Total

$ 1,210,880 100.00% $ 1,145,922 100.00% $ 1,053,034 100.00% $ 943,821 100.00% $ 813,475 100.00%

The following table sets forth the maturities of the Company’s commercial and industrial, factored receivables and construction 
and land development loans, as of December 31, 2007:

Commercial and industrial
Factored receivables
Real estate—construction and land development

Due One
Year
or Less

Due One
to Five
Years

Due 
After Five
Years

Total
Gross 
Loans

(in thousands)

$468,285
93,017
—

$59,638
—
37,161

$12,046
—
—

$539,969
93,017
37,161

All commercial and industrial loans due after one year have predetermined interest rates.

All real estate—construction and land development loans due after one year have floating or adjustable interest rates.

P A G E   2 6

 
Asset Quality
Intrinsic  to  the  lending  process  is  the  possibility  of  loss.  In  times  of  economic  slowdown,  the  risk  of  loss  inherent  in  the 
Company’s portfolio of loans may increase. While management endeavors to minimize this risk, it recognizes that loan losses 
will occur and that the amount of these losses will fluctuate depending on the risk characteristics of the loan portfolio which in 
turn depend on current and future economic conditions, the financial condition of borrowers, the realization of collateral, and 
the credit management process.

The following table, restated to reflect the disposition of Sterling Financial (see Note 2 beginning on page 51), sets forth the 
amount of domestic nonaccrual and past due loans of the Company at the end of each of the five most recent fiscal years; there 
were no foreign loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis and there were no troubled debt restructurings for any types of loans. 
Loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest and still accruing are loans that are both well-secured 
or guaranteed by financially responsible third parties and are in the process of collection.

December 31,

2007

2006

2005

2004

2003

Gross loans

Nonaccrual loans

$ 1,249,128

$ 1,177,705

$ 1,081,701

$967,184

$833,675

(dollars in thousands)

  Commercial and industrial

$ 

  Lease financing

  Factored receivables

  Real estate—residential mortgage

Installment—individuals

  Total nonaccrual loans

Past due 90 days or more (other than 

the above)

Total

610

2,571

—

2,786

416

6,383

1,329

$ 

1,490

2,933

—

1,011

427

5,861

989

$ 

611

2,109

—

740

397

3,857

821

$ 

67

1,304

—

704

72

2,147

1,672

$  1,695

783

—

489

49

3,016

127

$ 

7,712

$ 

6,850

$ 

4,678

$  3,819

$  3,143

Interest income that would have been 

earned on nonaccrual loans outstanding

$ 

655

Applicable interest income actually realized 

on nonaccrual loans outstanding

$ 

222

Nonaccrual and past due loans as a 

$ 

$ 

545

335

$ 

$ 

294

$ 

185

$ 

146

95

$ 

92

$ 

93

percentage of total gross loans

0.62%

0.58%

0.43%

0.39%

0.38%

Management views the allowance for loan losses as a critical accounting policy due to its subjectivity. The allowance for loan 
losses is maintained through the provision for loan losses, which is a charge to operating earnings. The adequacy of the provision 
and the resulting allowance for loan losses is determined by a management evaluation process of the loan portfolio, including 
identification and review of individual problem situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, review of overall port-
folio quality through an analysis of current charge-offs, delinquency and nonperforming loan data, estimates of the value of any 
underlying collateral, an assessment of current and expected future economic conditions and changes in the size and character 
of the loan portfolio. Other data utilized by management in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses include, 
but are not limited to, the results of regulatory reviews, the amount of, trend of and/or borrower characteristics on loans that 
are identified as requiring special attention as part of the credit review process, and peer group comparisons. The impact of this 
other data might result in an allowance which will be greater than that indicated by the evaluation process previously described. 
The  allowance  reflects  management’s  evaluation  both  of  loans  presenting  identified  loss  potential  and  of  the  risk  inherent  in 
various components of the portfolio, including loans identified as impaired as required by SFAS No. 114.

Thus, an increase in the size of the portfolio or in any of its components could necessitate an increase in the allowance even 
though there may not be a decline in credit quality or an increase in potential problem loans. A significant change in any of the 
evaluation  factors  described  above  could  result  in  future  additions  to  the  allowance.  At  December  31,  2007,  the  ratio  of  the 

P A G E   2 7

 
allowance to loans held in portfolio, net of unearned discounts, was 1.27% and the allowance was $15.1 million. At such date, 
the Company’s nonaccrual loans amounted to $6.4 million; $0.6 million of such loans was judged to be impaired within the 
scope of SFAS No. 114. Based on the foregoing, as well as management’s judgment as to the current risks inherent in loans held 
in port folio, the Company’s allowance for loan losses was deemed adequate as of December 31, 2007. Net losses within loans 
held  in  portfolio  are  not  statistically  predictable  and  changes  in  conditions  in  the  next  twelve  months  could  result  in  future 
provisions for loan losses varying from the provision taken in 2007. Potential problem loans, which are loans that are currently 
performing  under  present  loan  repayment  terms  but  where  known  information  about  possible  credit  problems  of  borrowers 
causes management to have serious doubts as to the ability of the borrowers to continue to comply with the present repayment 
terms, aggregated $-0- million at both December 31, 2007 and 2006.

The following table, restated to reflect the disposition of Sterling Financial (see Note 2 beginning on page 51), sets forth certain 
information with respect to the Company’s loan loss experience for each of the five most recent fiscal years:

Years Ended December 31,

2007

2006

2005

2004

2003

Average loans held in portfolio, net of 

unearned discounts, during year

$ 1,069,453

$ 1,002,688

$ 890,085

$ 778,272

$ 673,412

(dollars in thousands)

Allowance for loan losses:

Balance at beginning of year

$ 

16,288

$ 

15,369

$  14,437

$  12,730

$  10,644

Charge-offs:

Commercial and industrial

Lease financing

Factored receivables

Real estate—residential mortgage

Installment

Total charge-offs

Recoveries:

Commercial and industrial

Lease financing

Factored receivables

Real estate—residential mortgage

Installment

Total recoveries

Subtract:

Net charge-offs

Provision for loan losses

Add allowance from acquisition

Less loss on transfers to other real 

  estate owned

2,620

3,345

243

215

67

6,490

219

316

31

30

110

706

5,784

5,853

—

1,272

1,075

4,618

223

24

—

5,940

786

310

32

—

38

1,166

4,774

4,503

1,845

655

446

3,732

369

13

—

4,560

219

76

39

—

39

373

4,187

5,214

—

95

1,784

2,446

552

8

9

4,799

737

44

63

—

43

887

3,912

6,139

—

520

1,588

1,155

478

547

38

3,806

480

25

72

—

61

638

3,168

5,412

—

158

Balance at end of year

$ 

15,085

$ 

16,288

$  15,369

$  14,437

$  12,730

Ratio of net charge-offs to average 

loans held in portfolio, net of 

unearned discounts, during year

0.54%

0.48%

0.47%

0.50%

0.47%

P A G E   2 8

The  following  table,  restated  to  reflect  the  disposition  of  Sterling  Financial  (see  Note  2  beginning  on  page  51),  presents  the 
Company’s  allocation  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses.  This  allocation  is  based  on  estimates  by  management  and  may  vary 
from year to year based on management’s evaluation of the risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. The amount allocated to a 
particular loan category of the Company’s loans held in portfolio may not necessarily be indicative of actual future charge-offs 
in that loan category.

December 31,

2007

2006

2005

2004

2003

% of 
Loans
in each 
category 
to total 
loans
held in 
portfolio Amount

% of 
Loans
in each 
category 
to total 
loans
held in 
portfolio Amount

% of 
Loans
in each 
category 
to total 
loans
held in 
portfolio Amount

% of 
Loans
in each 
category 
to total 
loans
held in 
portfolio Amount

% of 
Loans
in each 
category 
to total 
loans
held in 
portfolio

Amount

(dollars in thousands)

$  5,655
54
5,398
1,083
1,988
613

45.49% $  6,488
135
6,356
1,127
1,468
501

2.27
21.03
7.80
10.91
8.35

46.92% $  7,017
112
4,636
1,260
1,437
509

2.43
18.67
9.00
10.79
8.38

41.00% $  6,674
120
4,073
1,071
1,412
772

3.16
18.81
9.95
14.60
10.95

42.63% $  5,316
80
2,686
1,592
1,228
1,082

2.20
17.97
10.28
12.39
12.56

43.28%
1.29
19.24
13.15
8.70
12.18

183
15
96

3.13
1.02
—

150

2.70
— 1.11
—
63

10
110
278

0.23
1.30
—

15
100
200

0.26
1.71
—

24
14
708

0.31
1.85
—

Domestic

Commercial and industrial
Loans to depository institutions
Lease financing
Factored receivables
Real estate—residential mortgage
Real estate—commercial mortgage
Real estate—construction and 

land development

Installment—individuals
Unallocated

Total

$ 15,085 100.00% $ 16,288 100.00% $ 15,369 100.00% $ 14,437 100.00% $ 12,730 100.00%

During 2007 the allowance for loan losses decreased primarily because decreases in the allowance allocated to commercial and 
industrial loans and lease financing more than offset an increase in the allowance allocated to real estate—residential mortgage 
loans. During 2007 the allowance allocated to commercial and industrial loans decreased primarily as a result of another year 
of low loss experience in Sterling Resource Funding Corp. compared to its loss experience before the Company acquired it as of 
April 1, 2006. The allowance allocated to lease financing decreased primarily as a result of improved loss experience in that 
category in 2007 compared to 2006. The allowance allocated to real estate—residential mortgage loans increased primarily due 
to increased risks in the real estate market in 2007 compared to 2006 and an increase in the specific valuation allowance for 
impaired loans.

P A G E   2 9

 
Deposits
A significant source of funds are customer deposits, consisting of demand (noninterest-bearing), NOW, savings, money market 
and time deposits (principally certificates of deposit).

The following table provides certain information with respect to the Company’s deposits at the end of each of the three most 
recent fiscal years:

December 31,

2007

2006

2005

Domestic

Demand
NOW
Savings
Money Market
Time deposits by remaining maturity

Within 3 months
After 3 months but within 1 year
After 1 year but within 2 years
After 2 years but within 3 years
After 3 years but within 4 years
After 4 years but within 5 years
After 5 years

Balances

% of 
Total

Balances

% of 
Total

Balances

% of 
Total

(dollars in thousands)

$  535,351
241,333
17,690
208,423

35.06% $  546,443
233,990
15.80
19,007
1.16
194,604
13.65

35.90% $  510,884
208,217
15.37
25,296
1.25
202,660
12.79

35.27%
14.38
1.75
13.99

216,024
256,686
48,138
1,270
472
1,022
1

14.15
16.81
3.15
0.08
0.03
0.07
—

203,038
243,806
78,808
1,035
337
353
35

13.34
16.02
5.18
0.07
0.02
0.02
—

252,383
173,301
67,897
4,269
144
233
20

17.43
11.96
4.69
0.29
0.01
0.02
—

Total domestic deposits

1,526,410

99.96

1,521,456

99.96

1,445,304

99.79

Foreign

Time deposits by remaining maturity

Within 3 months
After 3 months but within 1 year

Total foreign deposits

Total deposits

395
181

576

0.03
0.01

0.04

395
179

574

0.03
0.01

0.04

1,645
1,377

3,022

0.11
0.10

0.21

$ 1,526,986

100.00% $ 1,522,030

100.00% $ 1,448,326

100.00%

Fluctuations of balances in total or among categories at any date can occur based on the Company’s mix of assets and liabilities, 
as well as on customers’ balance sheet strategies. Historically, however, average balances for deposits have been relatively stable. 
Information regarding these average balances for the three most recent fiscal years is presented on page 31.

P A G E   3 0

C O N S O L I D A T E D   A V E R A G E   B A L A N C E   S H E E T S   A N D
A N A L Y S I S   O F   N E T   I N T E R E S T   E A R N I N G S [ 1 ]

Sterling Bancorp

Years Ended December 31,

2007

2006

2005

ASSETS
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks
Investment securities
Available for sale
Held to maturity
Tax-exempt[2]
Federal funds sold
Loans, net of unearned discounts[3]

Average 
Balance

Interest

Average 
Rate

Average 
Balance

Interest

Average 
Rate

Average 
Balance

Interest

Average 
Rate

(dollars in thousands)

$ 

3,033

$ 

117

3.86% $ 

2,624

$ 

103

4.48% $ 

3,040

$ 

65

1.96%

165,289
401,212
19,962
23,219

8,379
18,705
1,250
1,236

5.07
4.66
6.26
5.32

146,820
473,608
27,174
4,041

6,841
21,496
1,760
195

4.66
4.54
6.47
4.84

192,354
495,187
26,088
10,986

8,438
22,181
1,816
309

4.39
4.48
6.96
2.81

Domestic

1,113,372

92,255

8.83

1,043,680

86,882

8.97

944,033

69,787

7.99

TOTAL INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS

1,726,087

121,942

7.36%

1,697,947

117,277

7.23%

1,671,688

102,596

6.41%

Cash and due from banks
Allowance for loan losses
Goodwill
Other

66,384
(16,233)
22,885
93,628

Total assets—continuing operations

1,892,751

Assets—discontinued operations

TOTAL ASSETS

—

$  1,892,751

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest-bearing deposits

64,598
(16,741)
22,714
90,812

1,859,330

85,446

$1,944,776

62,162
(15,730)
21,158
81,126

1,820,404

110,697

  1,931,101

Domestic
Savings
NOW
Money market
Time
Foreign
Time

$ 

19,618
237,731
241,478
556,295

101
5,903
7,079
25,674

0.51% $ 
2.48
2.93
4.62

23,050
197,587
213,530
514,452

101
3,787
4,696
20,399

0.44% $ 
1.92
2.20
3.97

28,150
160,944
227,520
517,038

113
1,576
2,456
13,957

0.40%
0.98
1.08
2.70

1.09

1.94

Total interest-bearing deposits

1,055,696

38,763

574

6

1.09

3.67

2,714

28

951,333

29,011

1.03

3.05

3,013

33

936,665

18,135

Borrowings

Securities sold under agreements to 

repurchase—customers

Securities sold under agreements to 

repurchase—dealers
Federal funds purchased
Commercial paper
Short-term borrowings—FHLB
Short-term borrowings—other
Long-term borrowings—FHLB
Long-term borrowings—subordinated 

  debentures

Total borrowings

Interest-bearing liabilities allocated to 

discontinued operations

80,649

3,392

4.21

86,418

3,501

4.05

85,365

1,907

2.23

6,470
9,281
26,731
7,082
1,360
18,356

25,774

175,703

309
430
1,350
336
66
820

2,094

8,797

4.78
4.63
5.05
4.74
4.87
4.47

8.38

5.03

74,057
15,133
44,539
34,444
613
34,164

3,739
769
2,020
1,796
30
1,569

25,774

315,142

2,094

15,518

5.05
5.08
4.53
5.21
4.96
4.59

8.38

4.94

52,199
17,992
37,302
5,277
744
80,740

1,794
647
973
203
25
3,331

25,774

305,393

2,094

10,974

3.44
3.60
2.61
3.84
3.35
4.13

8.38

3.59

—

—

(78,054)

(2,508)

3.17

(99,317)

(2,646)

2.63

Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities

1,231,399

47,560

3.86%

1,188,421

42,021

3.54%

1,142,741

26,463

2.32%

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

444,672

—

439,064

—

452,632

—

Total including noninterest-bearing 

demand deposits

Other liabilities
Liabilities—discontinued operations

Total Liabilities

Shareholders’ equity

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Net interest income/spread

Net yield on interest-earning assets

Less: Tax-equivalent adjustment

Net interest income

1,676,071

47,560

2.84%

1,627,485

42,021

2.74%

1,595,373

26,463

1.83%

92,540
—

1,768,611
124,140

95,302
78,811

1,801,598
143,178

$  1,892,751

$ 1,944,776

85,994
99,898

1,781,265
149,836

$ 1,931,101

74,382

3.50%

75,256

3.69%

76,133

4.09%

4.49%

4.64%

4.76%

490

$  73,892

691

$  74,565

708

$  75,425

[1]   The average balances of assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity are computed on the basis of daily averages. Average rates are presented on a tax-equivalent basis. 

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to current presentation.

[2]  Interest on tax-exempt securities included herein is presented on a tax-equivalent basis.
[3]  Includes loans held for sale and loans held in portfolio. Nonaccrual loans are included in amounts outstanding and income has been included to the extent earned.

P A G E   3 1

C O N S O L I D A T E D   R A T E / V O L U M E   A N A L Y S I S [ 1 ]

Sterling Bancorp

Increase (Decrease) from Years Ended,

December 31, 2006 to
December 31, 2007

December 31, 2005 to
December 31, 2006

INTEREST INCOME

Interest-bearing deposits with other banks

$ 

24

$ 

(10)

$ 

14

$ 

(11)

$ 

49

$ 

38

Volume

Rate

Total[2]

Volume

Rate

Total[2]

(in thousands)

Investment securities

Available for sale

Held to maturity

Tax-exempt

Total

Federal funds sold

Loans, net of unearned discounts[3]

905

(3,348)

(456)

(2,899)

1,020

633

557

(54)

1,136

21

1,538

(2,791)

(510)

(1,763)

1,041

(2,092)

(978)

3

(3,067)

(261)

495

293

(59)

729

147

(1,597)

(685)

(56)

(2,338)

(114)

Domestic

6,724

(1,351)

5,373

7,907

9,188

17,095

TOTAL INTEREST INCOME

$  4,869

$ 

(204)

$  4,665

$  4,568

$ 10,113

$ 14,681

INTEREST EXPENSE

Interest-bearing deposits

Domestic

Savings

NOW

Money market

Time

Foreign

Time

Total interest-bearing deposits

Borrowings

Securities sold under agreements to 

repurchase—customers

Securities sold under agreements to 

repurchase—dealers

Federal funds purchased

Commercial paper

Short-term borrowings—FHLB

Short-term borrowings—other

Long-term borrowings—FHLB

Total borrowings

 Interest-bearing liabilities allocated 

$ 

(15)

$ 

15

$  —

$ 

(22)

$ 

10

$ 

(12)

869

674

1,751

(24)

3,255

(242)

(3,240)

(276)

(881)

(1,311)

37

(709)

(6,622)

1,247

1,709

3,524

2

6,497

133

(190)

(63)

211

(149)

(1)

(40)

(99)

2,116

2,383

5,275

(22)

9,752

424

(160)

(71)

(3)

168

1,787

2,400

6,513

2,211

2,240

6,442

(2)

(5)

10,708

10,876

(109)

23

1,571

1,594

(3,430)

(339)

(670)

(1,460)

36

(749)

(6,721)

919

(114)

219

1,497

(5)

(2,099)

440

618

1,026

236

828

96

10

337

4,104

1,945

122

1,047

1,593

5

(1,762)

4,544

(480)

138

$  1,226

$  3,342

$ 14,332

$ 15,558

$ (4,219)

$ 

(877)

to discontinued operations

2,508

—

2,508

TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE

$  (859)

$  6,398

$  5,539

NET INTEREST INCOME

$  5,728

$ (6,602)

$ 

(874)

[1]  Amounts are presented on a tax-equivalent basis.
[2]   The change in interest income and interest expense due to both rate and volume has been allocated to change due to rate and the change due to volume in 

proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the changes in each.

[3]  Nonaccrual loans have been included in the amounts outstanding and income has been included to the extent earned.

P A G E   3 2

 
ASSET/ LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

The  Company’s  primary  earnings  source  is  its  net  interest 
income; therefore, the Company devotes significant time and 
has invested in resources to assist in the management of inter-
est  rate  risk  and  asset  quality.  The  Company’s  net  interest 
income is affected by changes in market interest rates, and by 
the level and composition of interest-earning assets and interest-
bearing  liabilities.  The  Company’s  objectives  in  its  asset/
liability  management  are  to  utilize  its  capital  effectively,  to 
provide adequate liquidity and to enhance net interest income, 
without taking undue risks or subjecting the Company unduly 
to interest rate fluctuations.

The Company takes a coordinated approach to the manage-
ment  of  its  liquidity,  capital  and  interest  rate  risk.  This  risk 
management process is governed by policies and limits estab-
lished by senior management which are reviewed and approved 
by  the  Asset/Liability  Committee.  This  committee,  which  is 
comprised of members of senior management, meets to review, 
among other things, economic conditions, interest rates, yield 
curve, cash flow projections, expected customer actions, liq-
uidity  levels,  capital  ratios  and  repricing  characteristics  of 
assets, liabilities and financial instruments.

Market Risk
Market risk is the risk of loss in a financial instrument arising 
from adverse changes in market indices such as interest rates, 
foreign exchange rates and equity prices. The Company’s prin-
cipal market risk exposure is interest rate risk, with no material 
impact on earnings from changes in foreign exchange rates or 
equity prices.

Interest rate risk is the exposure to changes in market interest 
rates. Interest rate sensitivity is the relationship between market 
interest rates and net interest income due to the repricing char-
acteristics of assets and liabilities. The Company monitors the 
interest rate sensitivity of its balance sheet positions by examin-
ing its near-term sensitivity and its longer-term gap position. In 
its  management  of  interest  rate  risk,  the  Company  utilizes 
several  financial  and  statistical  tools  including  traditional 
gap analysis and sophisticated income simulation models.

A traditional gap analysis is prepared based on the maturity 
and  repricing  characteristics  of  interest-earning  assets  and 
interest-bearing  liabilities  for  selected  time  bands.  The  mis-
match between repricings or maturities within a time band is 
commonly referred to as the “gap” for that period. A positive 
gap (asset sensitive) where interest rate sensitive assets exceed 
interest  rate  sensitive  liabilities  generally  will  result  in  the 
net  interest  margin  increasing  in  a  rising  rate  environment 
and decreasing in a falling rate environment. A negative gap 
(liability  sensitive)  will  generally  have  the  opposite  result  on 
the net interest margin. However, the traditional gap analysis 

does not assess the relative sensitivity of assets and liabilities 
to changes in interest rates and other factors that could have 
an  impact  on  interest  rate  sensitivity  or  net  interest  income. 
The  Company  utilizes  the  gap  analysis  to  complement  its 
income  simulations  modeling,  primarily  focusing  on  the 
longer-term structure of the balance sheet.

The Company’s balance sheet structure is primarily short-term 
in  nature  with  a  substantial  portion  of  assets  and  liabilities 
repricing  or  maturing  within  one  year.  The  Company’s  gap 
analysis  at  December  31,  2007,  presented  on  page  37,  indi-
cates that net interest income would decrease during periods 
of rising interest rates and increase during periods of falling 
interest rates, but, as mentioned above, gap analysis may not 
be an accurate predictor of net interest income.

As part of its interest rate risk strategy, the Company may use 
financial instrument derivatives to hedge the interest rate sen-
sitivity of assets. The Company has written policy guidelines, 
approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  governing  the  use  of 
financial instruments, including approved counterparties, risk 
limits and appropriate internal control procedures. The credit 
risk  of  derivatives  arises  principally  from  the  potential  for  a 
counterparty to fail to meet its obligation to settle a contract 
on a timely basis.

As  of  December  31,  2007  the  Company  was  a  party  to  an 
interest  rate  floor  agreement  with  a  notional  amount  of 
$50,000,000  and  a  maturity  of  September  14,  2008.  The 
interest  rate  floor  contract  requires  the  counterparty  to  pay 
the Company at specified future dates the amount, if any, by 
which the specified  interest (prime rate) falls below the fixed 
floor rate, applied to the notional amount. The Company uti-
lizes  the  financial  instrument  to  adjust  its  interest  rate  risk 
position without exposing itself to principal risk and funding 
requirements. This financial instrument is being used as part 
of the Company’s interest rate risk management and not for 
trading  purposes.  At  December  31,  2007,  the  counterparty 
has  an  investment  grade  credit  rating  from  the  major  rating 
agencies. The counterparty is specifically approved for appli-
cable credit exposure.

The interest rate floor contract requires the Company to pay 
a  fee  for  the  right  to  receive  a  fixed  interest  payment.  The 
Company paid an up-front premium of $80,000. At December 
31, 2007, there were no amounts receivable under this contract.

The  interest  rate  floor  agreement  was  not  designated  as  a 
hedge  for  accounting  purposes  and  therefore  changes  in  the 
fair value of the instrument are required to be recognized as 
current  income  or  expense  in  the  Company’s  consolidated 
financial  statements.  At  December  31,  2007  and  2006,  the 
fair value of the interest rate floor was $10,609 and $2,666, 
respectively.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2007  and 

P A G E   3 3

2006, $7,943 was credited to interest income from loans and 
$18,344  was  charged  against  interest  income  from  loans, 
respectively.

The  Company  utilizes  income  simulation  models  to  comple-
ment  its  traditional  gap  analysis.  While  the  Asset/Liability 
Committee routinely monitors simulated net interest income 
sensitivity over a rolling two-year horizon, it also utilizes addi-
tional tools to monitor potential longer-term interest rate risk. 
The  income  simulation  models  measure  the  Company’s  net 
interest income volatility or sensitivity to interest rate changes 
utilizing statistical techniques that allow the Company to con-
sider various factors which impact net interest income. These 
factors include actual maturities, estimated cash flows, repricing 
characteristics,  deposits  growth/retention  and,  most  impor-
tantly, the relative sensitivity of the Company’s assets and lia-
bilities  to  changes  in  market  interest  rates.  This  relative 
sensitivity  is  important  to  consider  as  the  Company’s  core 
deposit base has not been subject to the same degree of interest 
rate sensitivity as its assets. The core deposit costs are inter-
nally managed and tend to exhibit less sensitivity to changes in 
interest rates than the Company’s adjustable rate assets whose 
yields  are  based  on  external  indices  and  generally  change  in 
concert with market interest rates.

The Company’s interest rate sensitivity is determined by iden-
tifying the probable impact of changes in market interest rates 
on the yields on the Company’s assets and the rates that would 
be paid on its liabilities. This modeling technique involves a 
degree of estimation based on certain assumptions that man-
agement  believes  to  be  reasonable.  Utilizing  this  process, 
management projects the impact of changes in interest rates on 
net interest margin. The Company has established certain policy 
limits  for  the  potential  volatility  of  its  net  interest  margin 
assuming certain levels of changes in market interest rates with 
the objective of maintaining a stable net interest margin under 
various  probable  rate  scenarios.  Man agement  generally  has 
maintained a risk position well within the policy limits. As of 
December 31, 2007, the model indicated the impact of a 200 
basis point parallel and pro rata rise in rates over 12 months 
would  approximate  a  3.1%  ($2.6  million)  increase  in  net 
interest income, while the impact of a 200 basis point decline 
in  rates  over  the  same  period  would  approximate  a  2.5% 
($2.1 million) decline from an unchanged rate environment.

The preceding sensitivity analysis does not represent a Company 
forecast and should not be relied upon as being indicative of 
expected  operating  results.  These  hypothetical  estimates  are 
based upon numerous assumptions including: the nature and 
timing  of  interest  rate  levels  including  yield  curve  shape, 
prepayments  on  loans  and  securities,  deposit  decay  rates, 
pricing  decisions  on  loans  and  deposits,  reinvestment/
replacement  of  asset  and  liability  cash  flows,  and  others. 

While assumptions are developed based upon current economic 
and  local  market  conditions,  the  Company  cannot  provide 
any  assurances  as  to  the  predictive  nature  of  these  assump-
tions,  including  how  customer  preferences  or  competitor 
influences might change.

Also, as market conditions vary from those assumed in the 
sensitivity  analysis,  actual  results  will  also  differ  due  to: 
prepayment/refinancing  levels  likely  deviating  from  those 
assumed,  the  varying  impact  of  interest  rate  change  caps  or 
floors on adjustable rate assets, the potential effect of chang-
ing debt service levels on customers with adjustable rate loans, 
depositor early withdrawals and product preference changes, 
and other variables. Furthermore, the sensitivity analysis does 
not  reflect  actions  that  the  Asset/Liability  Committee  might 
take in responding to or anticipating changes in interest rates.

The shape of the yield curve can cause downward pressure on 
net  interest  income.  In  general,  if  and  to  the  extent  that  the 
yield curve is flatter (i.e., the differences between interest rates 
for different maturities are relatively smaller) than previously 
anticipated, then the yield on the Company’s interest-earning 
assets and its cash flows will tend to be lower. Management 
believes  that  a  relatively  flat  yield  curve  could  continue  to 
adversely affect the Company’s results in 2008.

Liquidity Risk
Liquidity is the ability to meet cash needs arising from changes 
in various categories of assets and liabilities. Liquidity is con-
stantly monitored and managed at both the parent company 
and the bank levels. Liquid assets consist of cash and due from 
banks,  interest-bearing  deposits  in  banks  and  Federal  funds 
sold and securities available for sale. Primary funding sources 
include core deposits, capital markets funds and other money 
market  sources.  Core  deposits  include  domestic  noninterest-
bearing and interest-bearing retail deposits, which historically 
have been relatively stable. The parent company and the bank 
believe that they have significant unused borrowing capacity. 
Contingency plans exist which we believe could be implemented 
on a timely basis to mitigate the impact of any dramatic change 
in market conditions.

The  parent  company  depends  for  its  cash  requirements  on 
funds maintained or generated by its subsidiaries, principally 
the bank. Such sources have been adequate to meet the parent 
company’s cash requirements throughout its history.

Various  legal  restrictions  limit  the  extent  to  which  the  bank 
can  supply  funds  to  the  parent  company  and  its  non-bank 
subsidiaries. All national banks are limited in the payment of 
dividends  without  the  approval  of  the  Comptroller  of  the 
Currency  to  an  amount  not  to  exceed  the  net  profits  (as 
defined)  for  the  year  to  date  combined  with  its  retained  net 
profits for the preceding two calendar years.

P A G E   3 4

At December 31, 2007, the parent company’s short-term debt, consisting principally of commercial paper used to finance ongoing 
current  business  activities,  was  approximately  $20.9  million.  The  parent  company  had  cash,  interest-bearing  deposits  with 
banks  and  other  current  assets  aggregating  $35.8  million.  The  parent  company  also  has  back-up  credit  lines  with  banks  of 
$24.0 million. Since 1979, the parent company has had no need to use available back-up lines of credit.

The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2007:

Contractual
Obligations

Long-Term Debt[1]
Operating Leases

Total Contractual Cash Obligations

[1]  Based on contractual maturity date. 

Payments Due by Period

Total

$65,774
21,969

$87,743

Less than 
1 Year

1–3
Years

4–5
Years

After 5
Years

$               —
4,018

(in thousands)
$30,000
6,541

$10,000
4,218

$25,774
7,192

$4,018

$36,541

$14,218

$32,966

The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s obligations under other commercial commitments as of 
December 31, 2007:

Other Commercial
Commitments

Residential Loans
Commercial Loans

Total Loan Commitments
Standby Letters of Credit
Other Commercial Commitments

Total Commercial Commitments

Amount of Commitment Expiration Per Period

Less than 
1 Year

1–3
Years

4–5
Years

After 5
Years

Total

$11,504
39,047

50,551
40,216
14,440

$11,504
24,102

35,606
33,806
14,383

(in thousands)
$  —
14,820

14,820
6,410
—

$  —
125

$  —
—

125
—
—

—
—
57

57

$105,207

$83,795

$21,230

$ 

125

$ 

While past performance is no guarantee of the future, management believes that the parent company’s funding sources (includ-
ing div idends from all its subsidiaries) and the bank’s funding sources will be adequate to meet their liquidity requirements in 
the future.

CAPITAL

The  Company  and  the  bank  are  subject  to  risk-based  capital  regulations  which  quantitatively  measure  capital  against  risk-
weighted assets, including certain off-balance sheet items. These regulations define the elements of the Tier 1 and Tier 2 com-
ponents of Total Capital and establish minimum ratios of 4% for Tier 1 capital and 8% for Total Capital for capital adequacy 
purposes. Sup plementing these regulations is a leverage requirement. This requirement establishes a minimum leverage ratio (at 
least 3% or 4%, depending upon an institution’s regulatory status), which is calculated by dividing Tier 1 capital by adjusted 
quarterly average assets (after deducting goodwill). Information regarding the Company’s and the bank’s risk-based capital at 
December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 is presented in Note 21 beginning on page 74. In addition, the bank is subject to 
the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) which imposes a number of 
mandatory supervisory measures. Among other matters, FDICIA established five cap ital categories ranging from “well capital-
ized” to “critically undercapitalized.” Such classifications are used by regulatory agencies to determine a bank’s deposit insurance 
premium, approval of applications authorizing institutions to increase their asset size or otherwise expand business activities or 
acquire other institutions. Under FDICIA, a “well capitalized” bank must maintain minimum leverage, Tier 1 and Total Capital 
ratios of 5%, 6% and 10%, respectively. The Federal Reserve Board applies comparable tests for holding companies such as the 
Company. At December 31, 2007, the Company and the bank exceeded the requirements for “well capitalized” institutions.

P A G E   3 5

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

The Company’s financial statements included herein have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles, which require the Company to measure financial position and operating results primarily in terms of historical dol-
lars. Changes in the relative value of money due to inflation or recession are generally not considered. The primary effect of 
inflation on the operations of the Company is reflected in increased operating costs. In management’s opinion, changes in inter-
est rates affect the financial condition of a financial institution to a far greater degree than changes in the inflation rate. While 
interest rates are greatly influenced by changes in the inflation rate, they do not necessarily change at the same rate or in the 
same  magnitude  as  the  inflation  rate.  Interest  rates  are  highly  sensitive  to  many  factors  that  are  beyond  the  control  of  the 
Company, including changes in the expected rate of inflation, the influence of general and local economic conditions and the 
monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government, its agencies and various other governmental regulatory authori-
ties,  among  other  things,  as  further  discussed  under  the  caption  “RISKS  RELATED  TO  THE  COMPANY’S  BUSINESS” 
beginning on page 10 and under the caption “ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT” beginning on page 33.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

See  “New  Accounting  Standards  and  Interpretations”  in  Note  1  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  for 
information regarding recently issued accounting pronouncements and their expected impact on the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements.

P A G E   3 6

C O N S O L I D A T E D   I N T E R E S T   R A T E   S E N S I T I V I T Y

Sterling Bancorp

To  mitigate  the  vulnerability  of  earnings  to  changes  in  interest  rates,  the  Company  manages  the  repricing  characteristics  of 
assets  and  liabilities  in  an  attempt  to  control  net  interest  rate  sensitivity.  Management  attempts  to  confine  significant  rate 
sensitivity  gaps  predominantly  to  repricing  intervals  of  a  year  or  less,  so  that  adjustments  can  be  made  quickly.  Assets  and 
liabilities  with  prede termined  repricing  dates  are  classified  based  on  the  earliest  repricing  period.  Based  on  the  interest  rate 
sensitivity analysis shown below, the Company’s net interest income would decrease during periods of rising interest rates and 
increase during periods of falling interest rates. Amounts are presented in thousands.

ASSETS

Interest-bearing deposits with 

  other banks

Investment securities

Commercial and industrial loans

Equipment lease financing

Factored receivables

Real estate—residential mortgage

Real estate—commercial mortgage

Real estate—construction loans

Installment—individuals

Loans to depository institutions

Noninterest-earning assets and 

  allowance for loan losses

Repricing Date

3 Months
or Less

More than
3 Months
to 1 Year

1 Year to 
5 Years

Over
5 Years

Nonrate 
Sensitive

Total

$             980

$           —

$           —

419

440,068

1,307

93,017

44,080

15,433

—

12,103

27,000

—

9,684

28,217

9,606

—

12,536

8,976

—

—

—

—

88,172

59,638

262,262

—

70,677

42,994

37,161

—

—

—

$ 

—

519,968

12,046

14,389

—

25,928

31,690

—

—

—

—

$ 

—

$ 

980

6,998

—

(37,862)

(386)

—

—

—

—

—

625,241

539,969

249,702

92,631

153,221

99,093

37,161

12,103

27,000

175,548

175,548

  Total Assets

634,407

69,019

560,904

604,021

144,298

2,012,649

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Interest-bearing deposits

Savings

NOW

Money market

Time—domestic

—foreign

—

—

168,087

216,024

395

—

—

—

256,686

181

Securities sold under agreements 

to repurchase—customers

58,054

2,000

Securities sold under agreements 

to repurchase—dealers

Federal funds purchased

Commercial paper

Short-term borrowings—FHLB

Short-term borrowings—other

Long-term borrowings—FHLB

Long-term borrowings—subordinated 

debentures

Noninterest-bearing liabilities and 

shareholders’ equity

 Total Liabilities and 

  Shareholders’ Equity

10,200

65,000

20,879

45,000

4,285

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

17,690

241,333

40,336

50,902

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

40,000

—

—

—

—

—

1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

25,774

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

17,690

241,333

208,423

523,613

576

60,054

10,200

65,000

20,879

45,000

4,285

40,000

25,774

—

749,822

749,822

587,924

258,867

390,261

25,775

749,822

2,012,649

Net Interest Rate Sensitivity Gap

$  46,483

$(189,848)

$170,643

$578,246

$(605,524)

Cumulative Gap at December 31, 2007

$  46,483

$(143,365)

$  27,278

$605,524

Cumulative Gap at December 31, 2006

$130,609

$  (31,621)

$  170,278

$684,751

Cumulative Gap at December 31, 2005

$  37,715

$  (51,516)

$    82,734

$628,269

$ 

$ 

$ 

—

—

—

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

—

—

—

—

P A G E   3 7

 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The Company’s consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and for each of the years in the three-year 
period ended December 31, 2007, and the statements of condition of Sterling National Bank as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, 
notes thereto and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm thereon appear on pages 39–82.

P A G E   3 8

C O N S O L I D A T E D   B A L A N C E   S H E E T S

Sterling Bancorp

December 31,

ASSETS
Cash and due from banks
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks
Federal funds sold
Securities available for sale (at estimated fair value; 

2007

2006

$ 

66,412,612
979,984
—

$ 

50,058,593
1,261,187
20,000,000

pledged: $102,326,258 in 2007 and $90,583,854 in 2006)

263,380,570

148,420,887

Securities held to maturity (pledged: $191,549,044 in 2007 and $199,997,912 in 
2006) (estimated fair value: $359,725,008 in 2007 and $411,650,690 in 2006)

Total investment securities

Loans held for sale

Loans held in portfolio, net of unearned discounts
Less allowance for loan losses

Loans, net

Customers’ liability under acceptances
Goodwill
Premises and equipment, net
Other real estate
Accrued interest receivable
Bank owned life insurance
Other assets

Total assets from continuing operations

Assets—discontinued operations

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Noninterest-bearing deposits
Interest-bearing deposits

Total deposits

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—customers
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—dealers
Federal funds purchased
Commercial paper
Short-term borrowings—FHLB
Short-term borrowings—other
Long-term borrowings—FHLB
Long-term borrowings—subordinated debentures

Total borrowings

Acceptances outstanding
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Liabilities—discontinued operations

Total liabilities

Shareholders’ Equity

Common stock, $1 par value. Authorized 50,000,000 shares; 

issued 21,278,531 and 21,177,084 shares, respectively

Capital surplus
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Common stock in treasury at cost, 3,459,302 and 2,572,368 shares, respectively

Total shareholders’ equity

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

P A G E   3 9

361,860,847

625,241,417

23,755,906

1,187,123,984
15,084,775

420,903,430

569,324,317

33,319,789

1,112,601,620
16,287,974

1,172,039,209

1,096,313,646

200,942
22,900,912
11,178,883
1,669,993
7,081,304
29,041,115
52,146,506

98,399
22,862,051
11,323,649
2,242,419
5,844,868
27,949,160
43,696,511

2,012,648,783
—

1,884,294,589
1,662,697

$ 2,012,648,783

$ 1,885,957,286

$  535,350,808
991,635,371

$  546,442,704
975,587,719

1,526,986,179

1,522,030,423

60,053,947
10,200,000
65,000,000
20,878,494
45,000,000
4,285,198
40,000,000
25,774,000

271,191,639

200,942
93,199,746
—

52,802,796
—
—
27,561,567
—
3,411,630
20,000,000
25,774,000

129,549,993

98,399
101,679,342
336,358

1,891,578,506

1,753,694,515

21,278,531
168,868,895
17,537,732
(10,811,811)

196,873,347
(75,803,070)

121,070,277

21,177,084
167,960,063
16,693,987
(11,842,908)

193,988,226
(61,725,455)

132,262,771

$ 2,012,648,783

$ 1,885,957,286

C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T S   O F   I N C O M E

Sterling Bancorp

Years Ended December 31,

INTEREST INCOME

Loans
Investment securities
Available for sale
Held to maturity
Federal funds sold
Deposits with other banks

Total interest income

INTEREST EXPENSE

2007

2006

2005

$  92,255,225

$  86,881,731

$  69,787,586

9,138,487
18,704,721
1,236,394
117,134

7,909,605
21,496,064
195,656
103,064

9,546,211
22,180,396
308,766
65,109

121,451,961

116,586,120

101,888,068

Deposits
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—customers
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—dealers
Federal funds purchased
Commercial paper
Short-term borrowings—FHLB
Short-term borrowings—other
Long-term borrowings—FHLB
Long-term borrowings—subordinated debentures

Total interest expense

Interest expense allocated to discontinued operations

Net interest income

Provision for loan losses

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

NONINTEREST INCOME

Accounts receivable management/factoring commissions and 
  other fees
Service charges on deposit accounts
Other customer related service charges and fees
Mortgage banking income
Trust fees
Bank owned life insurance income
Securities gains/(losses)
Other income

Total noninterest income

NONINTEREST EXPENSES

Salaries
Employee benefits

Total personnel expense

Occupancy and equipment expenses, net
Advertising and marketing
Professional fees
Communications
Other expenses

Total noninterest expenses

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
Provision for income taxes

Income from continuing operations
(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of tax
Loss on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

38,762,936
3,392,542
309,044
430,087
1,349,516
335,591
66,200
820,303
2,093,750

47,559,969
—

73,891,992
5,853,330

68,038,662

15,536,359
5,587,486
3,043,941
8,893,226
550,581
1,091,955
188,366
831,943

35,723,857

36,796,778
9,506,172

46,302,950
10,353,989
3,896,921
6,665,616
1,940,972
10,648,060

79,808,508

23,954,011
8,560,105

15,393,906
(795,034)
—

29,011,428
3,501,526
3,739,286
768,751
2,019,638
1,796,247
30,391
1,568,529
2,093,750

44,529,546
(2,508,092)

74,564,666
4,502,596

70,062,070

13,282,411
5,404,053
3,661,332
9,695,762
591,422
984,585
(443,117)
481,881

33,658,329

35,700,312
9,424,120

45,124,432
9,898,630
3,855,415
6,453,717
1,823,257
10,199,415

77,354,866

26,365,533
5,366,808

20,998,725
(603,753)
(9,634,911)

18,134,850
1,907,335
1,793,838
647,027
973,200
202,837
24,887
3,331,619
2,093,750

29,109,343
(2,646,062)

75,424,787
5,214,000

70,210,787

6,003,920
5,385,532
3,259,812
16,433,355
642,906
1,401,588
337,457
551,828

34,016,398

30,775,794
8,471,744

39,247,538
8,633,292
3,769,435
5,643,944
1,472,756
8,887,564

67,654,529

36,572,656
13,109,947

23,462,709
564,116
—

Net income

$  14,598,872

$  10,760,061

$  24,026,825

Average number of common shares outstanding

Basic
Diluted

Income from continuing operations, per average common share
  Basic
  Diluted
Net income, per average common share
  Basic
  Diluted
Dividends per common share

$ 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

P A G E   4 0

18,209,704
18,531,546

18,734,610
19,265,093

19,164,498
19,763,352

0.85
0.83

0.80
0.79
0.76

$ 

1.12
1.09

0.57
0.56
0.76

$ 

1.22
1.19

1.25
1.22
0.73

Sterling Bancorp

C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T S   O F
C O M P R E H E N S I V E   I N C O M E

Years Ended December 31,

Net income

2007

2006

2005

$  14,598,872

$  10,760,061

$  24,026,825

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities:

Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the year
Reclassification adjustment for gains (losses) included in 
  net income

Pension liability adjustment—net actuarial losses

  Amortization of:

  Prior service cost
  Net actuarial losses

835,018

(56,219)

(2,645,319)

(105,726)
(595,708)

54,171
843,342

243,094
(5,467,424)

(181,582)
(481,659)

—
—

—
—

Other comprehensive income (loss)

1,031,097

(5,280,549)

(3,308,560)

Comprehensive income

$  15,629,969

$  5,479,512

$  20,718,265

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

P A G E   4 1

 
 
C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T S   O F
C H A N G E S   I N   S H A R E H O L D E R S ’   E Q U I T Y

Sterling Bancorp

Years Ended December 31,

COMMON STOCK

Balance at beginning of year
Common shares issued under stock incentive plan

Balance at end of year

CAPITAL SURPLUS

2007

2006

2005

$  21,177,084
101,447

$  21,066,916
110,168

$  20,785,515
281,401

$  21,278,531

$  21,177,084

$  21,066,916

Balance at beginning of year
Common shares issued under stock incentive plan and related tax benefits
Stock option compensation expense
Common shares issued in connection with stock dividend

$ 167,960,063
794,811
114,021
—

$ 166,313,566
1,623,330
23,167
—

$ 144,405,751
4,016,084
—
17,891,731

Balance at end of year

RETAINED EARNINGS

Balance at beginning of year as originally reported
SAB 108 cumulative effect adjustment, net of tax

Balance at beginning of year as adjusted
Net income
Cash dividends paid—common shares
Common shares issued in connection with stock dividend
Stock dividend—cash in lieu

Balance at end of year

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Balance at beginning of year

Unrealized holding gains/(losses) arising during the period:

Before tax
Tax effect

Net of tax

Reclass adjustment for (gains)/losses included in net income:

Before tax
Tax effect

Net of tax

Pension liability adjustment—net actuarial losses

Before tax
Tax effect

Net of tax

Adjustment to initially apply SFAS No. 158:

Before tax
Tax effect

Net of tax

Amortization of prior service cost and net actuarial losses:
  Before tax
  Tax effect

  Net of tax

Balance at end of year

TREASURY STOCK

Balance at beginning of year
Purchase of common shares
Surrender of shares issued under incentive compensation plan

Balance at end of year

UNEARNED COMPENSATION
Balance at beginning of year
Amortization of unearned compensation

Balance at end of year

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Balance at beginning of year as adjusted
Net changes during the year

Balance at end of year

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

P A G E   4 2

$ 168,868,895

$ 167,960,063

$ 166,313,566

$  16,693,987
—

$  20,739,352
(589,329)

$  28,664,568
—

16,693,987
14,598,872
(13,755,127)
—
—

20,150,023
10,760,061
(14,216,097)
—
—

28,664,568
24,026,825
(14,035,197)
(17,891,731)
(25,113)

$  17,537,732

$  16,693,987

$  20,739,352

$ (11,842,908)

$  (5,229,620)

$  (1,921,060)

1,522,811
(687,793)

835,018

(192,811)
87,085

(105,726)

(102,477)
46,258

(5,038,117)
2,392,798

(56,219)

(2,645,319)

443,117
(200,023)

243,094

(1,097,832)
502,124

(9,966,140)
4,498,716

(595,708)

(5,467,424)

—
—

—

(2,429,345)
1,096,606

(1,332,739)

1,636,215
(738,702)

897,513

—
—

—

(337,457)
155,875

(181,582)

(827,867)
346,208

(481,659)

—
—

—

—
—

—

$ (10,811,811)

$ (11,842,908)

$  (5,229,620)

$ (61,725,455)
(13,621,660)
(455,955)

$ (55,280,647)
(5,831,017)
(613,791)

$ (42,939,969)
(10,507,293)
(1,833,385)

$ (75,803,070)

$ (61,725,455)

$ (55,280,647)

$ 

$ 

— $ 
—

— $ 

(22,007)
22,007

$ 

(291,212)
269,205

— $ 

(22,007)

$ 132,262,771
(11,192,494)

$ 146,998,231
(14,735,460)

$ 148,703,593
(1,116,033)

$ 121,070,277

$ 132,262,771

$ 147,587,560

C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T S   O F   C A S H   F L O W S

Sterling Bancorp

Years Ended December 31,

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Net income
Loss/(income) from discontinued operations included below in 

operating cash flows from discontinued operations

Income from continuing operations
Adjustments to reconcile income from continuing operations 

to net cash provided by operating activities:

Provision for loan losses
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment
Securities (gains) losses
Income from bank owned life insurance
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense
Proceeds from sale of loans
Gains on sales of loans, net
Originations of loans held for sale
Amortization of unearned compensation
Amortization of premiums on investment securities
Accretion of discounts on investment securities
(Increase) Decrease in accrued interest receivable
(Decrease) Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities
(Increase) Decrease in other assets
Other, net

Net cash provided by operating activities

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchase of premises and equipment
Net decrease (increase) in interest-bearing deposits with other banks
Decrease (Increase) in Federal funds sold
Net increase in loans held in portfolio
Decrease (Increase) in other real estate
Proceeds from calls/sales of securities—available for sale
Proceeds from calls/sales of securities—held to maturity
Proceeds from prepayments, redemptions or 
maturities of securities—held to maturity

Purchases of securities—held to maturity
Proceeds from prepayments, redemptions or 

maturities—available for sale

Purchases of securities—available for sale
Cash paid in acquisition

2007

2006

2005

$  14,598,872

$  10,760,061

$  24,026,825

795,034

15,393,906

10,238,664

20,998,725

(564,116)

23,462,709

5,853,330
2,549,617
(188,366)
(1,091,955)
(996,882)
534,677,127
(8,893,226)
(529,004,960)
—
414,895
(444,198)
(1,236,436)
(8,479,596)
(8,003,774)
84,384
633,866

(2,404,851)
281,203
20,000,000
(70,066,191)
1,844,666
30,423,093
34,110,000

78,985,550
(54,116,345)

4,502,596
2,338,288
443,117
(984,585)
4,941,556
598,245,030
(9,695,762)
(580,891,519)
22,007
557,943
(450,087)
271,239
(1,764,144)
3,698,564
(6,828,742)
35,404,226

(2,244,447)
(48,960)
(20,000,000)
(42,838,360)
(728,148)
25,371,314
—

5,214,000
1,993,079
(337,457)
(1,401,588)
(2,563,819)
699,784,956
(16,433,355)
(687,270,466)
269,205
969,000
(613,712)
(511,326)
1,120,618
(10,755,005)
(3,218,157)
9,708,682

(2,203,597)
116,876
—
(109,577,373)
1,880
3,213,055
5,452,162

93,192,390
(115,870)

106,710,878
(179,939,152)

156,208,460
(300,095,469)
—

43,352,904
(15,992,356)
(44,901,402)

68,110,833
(43,026,829)
—

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

(104,829,884)

35,047,065

(151,141,267)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Net (decrease) increase in noninterest-bearing deposits
Net increase in interest-bearing deposits
Increase (Decrease) in Federal funds purchased
Net increase (decrease) in securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Net increase (decrease) in commercial paper and other 

short-term borrowings

Increase (Decrease) in long-term borrowings
Purchase of treasury shares
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Cash dividends paid on common shares
Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares in connection with 

stock dividend/split

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

CASH FLOW FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Operating cash flows
Investing cash flows
Financing cash flows
Total

Net increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks
Cash and due from banks—beginning of year
Cash and due from banks—end of year
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

Interest paid
Income taxes paid
Loans held for sale transferred to portfolio
Loans in portfolio transferred to other real estate

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

P A G E   4 3

(11,091,896)
16,047,652
65,000,000
17,451,151

39,190,495
20,000,000
(13,621,660)
798,117
(13,755,127)

25,491,272
38,145,544
(55,000,000)
(96,993,277)

(46,069,065)
(40,000,000)
(5,831,017)
1,338,013
(14,216,097)

(423,052)
104,898,077
22,500,000
59,979,903

48,533,849
(50,000,000)
(10,507,293)
2,701,565
(14,035,197)

—
120,018,732

—
(193,134,627)

(25,113)
163,622,739

531,305
—
—
531,305
16,354,019
50,058,593
$  66,412,612

(10,013,867)
114,193,759
—
104,179,892
(18,503,444)
68,562,037
$  50,058,593

4,558,869
(6,172,078)
—
(1,613,209)
20,576,945
47,985,092
$  68,562,037

$  47,298,932
2,286,087
12,784,942
1,272,240

$  41,822,000
8,267,452
—
654,730

$  27,904,950
15,600,100
—
94,801

C O N S O L I D A T E D   S T A T E M E N T S   O F   C O N D I T I O N

Sterling National Bank

December 31,

ASSETS
Cash and due from banks
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks
Federal funds sold

Securities available for sale (at estimated fair value; 

pledged: $102,326,258 in 2007 and $90,583,854 in 2006)
Securities held to maturity (pledged: $191,549,044 in 2007 and 

$199,997,912 in 2006) (estimated fair value: $359,725,008 in 2007 
and $411,650,690 in 2006)

Total investment securities

Loans held for sale

Loans held in portfolio, net of unearned discounts
Less allowance for loan losses

Loans, net

Customers’ liability under acceptances
Goodwill
Premises and equipment, net
Other real estate
Accrued interest receivable
Bank owned life insurance
Other assets

Total assets from continuing operations

Assets—discontinued operations

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
Noninterest-bearing deposits
Interest-bearing deposits

Total deposits

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—customers
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—dealers
Federal funds purchased
Short-term borrowings—FHLB
Short-term borrowings—other
Long-term borrowings—FHLB
Acceptances outstanding
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Liabilities—discontinued operations

Total liabilities

Shareholder’s Equity

Common stock, $50 par value

Authorized and issued, 358,526 shares

Capital surplus
Undivided profits
Accumulated other comprehensive loss:

Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale, net of tax
Pension liability adjustment
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS No. 158
Amortization of prior service cost and net actuarial losses

Total shareholder’s equity

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

P A G E   4 4

2007

2006

$ 

66,358,882
979,983
—

$ 

50,007,363
1,261,187
20,000,000

263,132,510

148,354,838

361,860,847

624,993,357

23,755,906

1,182,323,734
15,084,775

1,167,238,959

200,942
1,742,472
11,154,794
1,669,993
6,864,011
29,041,115
40,610,161

420,903,430

569,258,268

33,319,789

1,107,801,370
16,287,974

1,091,513,396

98,399
1,703,611
11,289,534
2,242,419
5,843,461
27,949,160
36,928,928

1,974,610,575
—

1,851,415,515
—

$ 1,974,610,575

$ 1,851,415,515

$  542,013,134
1,007,299,053

$  569,431,020
1,006,178,406

1,549,312,187
60,053,947
10,200,000
65,000,000
45,000,000
4,285,198
40,000,000
200,942
74,016,121
—

1,848,068,395

17,926,300
19,762,560
96,266,910

(1,061,142)
(7,249,961)
—
897,513

1,575,609,426
52,802,796
—
—
—
3,411,630
20,000,000
98,399
83,168,726
251,460

1,735,342,437

17,926,300
19,762,560
86,834,185

(1,795,713)
(5,321,515)
(1,332,739)
—

126,542,180

116,073,078

$ 1,974,610,575

$ 1,851,415,515

N O T E S   T O   C O N S O L I D A T E D   F I N A N C I A L   S T A T E M E N T S

Sterling Bancorp

NOTE 1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Sterling Bancorp (the “parent company”) is a financial holding 
company,  pursuant  to  an  election  made  under  the  Gramm-
Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. Throughout the notes, the term the 
“Company”  refers  to  Sterling  Bancorp  and  its  subsidiaries. 
The Company provides a full range of financial products and 
services, including business and consumer loans, commercial 
and residential mortgage lending and brokerage, asset-based 
financing,  factoring/accounts  receivable  management  ser-
vices,  trade  financing,  leasing,  deposit  services,  trust  and 
estate  administration  and  investment  management  services. 
The  Company  has  operations  principally  in  New  York  and 
conducts business throughout the United States. 

The following summarizes the significant accounting policies 
of the Company.

Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of 
the  parent  company  and  its  subsidiaries,  principally  Sterling 
National  Bank  (the  “bank”),  after  elimination  of  intercom-
pany transactions.

The Company determines whether it has a controlling finan-
cial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity 
is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity under 
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). 
Voting  interest  entities  are  entities  in  which  the  total  equity 
investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance 
itself independently and provides the equity holders with the 
obligation to absorb losses, the right to receive residual returns 
and  the  right  to  make  decisions  about  the  entity’s  activities. 
As defined in applicable accounting standards, variable inter-
est entities (“VIEs”) are entities that lack one or more of the 
characteristics of a voting interest entity. A controlling finan-
cial interest in an entity is present when an enterprise has a 
variable interest, or a combination of variable interests, that 
will absorb a majority of the entity’s expected losses, receive 
a majority of the entity’s expected residual returns, or both. 
The enterprise with a controlling financial interest, known as 
the primary beneficiary, consolidates the VIE. The Company’s 
wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Sterling  Bancorp  Trust  I,  is  a  VIE 
for  which  the  Company  is  not  the  primary  beneficiary. 
Accordingly,  the  accounts  of  this  entity  are  not  included  in 
the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

General Accounting Policies
The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with 
U.S.  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  assumptions  and 
estimates  which  impact  the  amounts  reported  in  those 

statements and are, by their nature, subject to change in the 
future as additional information becomes available or as cir-
cumstances vary. Certain reclassifications have been made to 
the prior years’ consolidated financial statements to conform 
to the current presentation.

New Accounting Standards and Interpretations Not Yet 
Adopted
In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board 
(“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 
(“SFAS”) No. 141(R), Business Combinations (revised 2007), 
(“SFAS No. 141(R)”), which replaces SFAS No. 141, Business 
Combinations. SFAS No. 141(R) applies to all transactions and 
other events in which one entity obtains control over one or 
more other businesses and requires an acquirer, upon initially 
obtaining  control  of  another  entity,  to  recognize  the  assets, 
liabilities and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree at 
fair value as of the acquisition date. Contingent consideration 
is required to be recognized and measured at fair value on the 
date of acquisition rather than at a later date when the amount 
of that consideration may be determinable beyond a reason-
able doubt. This fair value approach replaces the cost-alloca-
tion  process  required  under  SFAS  No.  141  whereby  the  cost 
of  an  acquisition  was  allocated  to  the  individual  assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair 
value. SFAS No. 141(R) requires acquirers to expense acquisi-
tion-related costs as incurred rather than allocating such costs 
to  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed,  as  was  previ-
ously the case under SFAS No. 141. Under SFAS No. 141(R), 
the  requirements  of  SFAS  No.  146,  Accounting  for  Costs 
Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, must be met in 
order to accrue for a restructuring plan in purchase account-
ing. Pre-acquisition contingencies are to be recognized at fair 
value,  unless  it  is  a  non-contractual  contingency  that  is  not 
likely  to  materialize,  in  which  case,  that  contingency  would 
be subject to the probable and estimable recognition criteria 
of  SFAS  No.  5,  Accounting  for  Contingencies.  SFAS  No. 
141(R) is effective on a prospective basis for all business com-
binations  for  which  the  acquisition  date  is  on  or  after  the 
beginning of the first annual period subsequent to December 
15, 2008. Early adoption is not permitted.

In  December  2007,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  160,  Non-
controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial State ments—an 
amendment of ARB No. 51 (“SFAS No. 160”). SFAS No. 160 
is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those 
fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008, with 
earlier adoption prohibited. SFAS No. 160 amends Accounting 
Research Bulletin No. 51, to establish accounting and report-
ing standards for the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary, 

P A G E   4 5

and  for  the  deconsolidation  of  a  subsidiary.  SFAS  No.  160 
clarifies that a non-controlling interest in a subsidiary, which 
is sometimes referred to as minority interest, is an ownership 
interest in the consolidated entity that should be reported as a 
component of equity in the consolidated financial statements. 
Among  other  requirements,  SFAS  No.  160  requires  consoli-
dated net income to be reported at amounts that include the 
amounts attributable to both the parent and the non-control-
ling  interest.  It  also  requires  disclosure,  on  the  face  of  the 
consolidated  income  statement,  of  the  amounts  of  consoli-
dated  net  income  attributable  to  the  parent  and  to  the  non-
controlling  interest.  We  are  currently  evaluating  this  new 
statement and anticipate that the statement will not have a sig-
nificant impact on the reporting of our results of operations.

In December 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 
issued  Issue  No.  07-01,  Accounting  for  Collaborative 
Arrangements (“EITF Issue No. 07-01”). EITF Issue No. 07-01 
is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years begin-
ning  after  December  15,  2008,  and  interim  periods  within 
those  fiscal  years,  and  shall  be  applied  retrospectively  to  all 
prior  periods  presented  for  all  collaborative  arrangements 
existing as of the effective date. EITF Issue No. 07-01 requires 
that  transactions  with  third  parties  (i.e.,  revenue  generated 
and costs incurred by the partners) should be reported in the 
appropriate  line  item  in  each  company’s  financial  statement 
pursuant to the guidance in EITF Issue No. 99-19, Reporting 
Revenue Gross as a Principal Versus Net as an Agent. This 
Issue also includes enhanced disclosure requirements regard-
ing  the  nature  and  purpose  of  the  arrangement,  rights  and 
obligations  under  the  arrangement,  accounting  policy,  and 
statement classification of collaboration transactions between 
the  parties.  We  are  currently  evaluating  this  new  statement 
and  anticipate  that  the  statement  will  not  have  a  significant 
impact on the reporting of our results of operations.

In November 2007, the Securities and Exchange Commission 
(“SEC”)  issued  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  (“SAB”)  No.  109, 
Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through 
Earn ings (“SAB No. 109”). SAB No. 109 supersedes SAB No. 
105,  Application  of  Accounting  Principles  to  Loan 
Commitments,  and  indicates  that  the  expected  net  future 
cash  flows  related  to  the  associated  servicing  of  the  loan 
should  be  included  in  the  measurement  of  all  written  loan 
commitments  that  are  accounted  for  at  fair  value  through 
earnings. The guidance in SAB No. 109 is applied on a pro-
spective basis to derivative loan commitments issued or modi-
fied  in  fiscal  quarters  beginning  after  December  15,  2007. 
SAB No. 109 is not expected to have a material impact on the 
Company’s financial statements.

In February 2007, FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value 
Option  for  Financial  Assets  and  Financial  Liabilities—
Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 
No. 159”). SFAS No. 159 provides companies with an option 
to report selected financial assets and liabilities at estimated 
fair value. Most of the provisions of SFAS No. 159 are elec-
tive; however, the amendment to SFAS No. 115, Accounting 
for  Certain  Investments  in  Debt  and  Equity  Securities, 
applies to all entities that own trading and available-for-sale 
securities. The fair value option created by SFAS No. 159 per-
mits  an  entity  to  measure  eligible  items  at  fair  value  as  of 
specified election dates. The fair value option (a) may gener-
ally  be  applied  instrument  by  instru ment,  (b)  is  irrevocable 
unless  a  new  election  date  occurs,  and  (c)  must  be  applied 
to  the  entire  instrument  and  not  to  only  a  portion  of  the 
instrument.  SFAS  No.  159  is  effective  for  the  Company  on 
January  1,  2008.  The  Company  does  not  expect  that  the 
adoption  of  SFAS  No.  159  will  have  a  material  impact  on 
its financial statements.

In  September  2006,  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  157,  Fair  Value 
Measurements (“SFAS No. 157”). SFAS No. 157 defines fair 
value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  requires 
expanded disclosures regarding fair value measurements. The 
expanded  disclosures  include  a  requirement  to  disclose  fair 
value  measurements  according  to  a  hierarchy,  segregating 
measurements  using  (1)  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for 
identical assets and liabilities, (2) significant other observable 
inputs and (3) significant unobservable inputs. SFAS No. 157 
is  effective  for  the  Company  on  January  1,  2008  and  will 
affect certain of the Company’s fair value disclosures, but is 
not  expected  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s 
financial  condition  or  results  of  operations.  The  portion  of 
the Company’s assets and liabilities with fair values based on 
unobservable inputs is not expected to be significant.

In  September  2006,  the  EITF  reached  a  consensus  on  Issue 
No. 06-4, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Post-
retirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split Dollar Life 
Insurance  Arrangements  (“EITF  Issue  No.  06-4”).  EITF 
Issue  No.  06-4  is  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after 
December 31, 2007. Under the provisions of EITF Issue No. 
06-4, an employer should recognize a liability for future ben-
efits  for  endorsement  split-dollar  life  insurance  agreements 
that  are  within  the  scope  of  this  EITF  Issue.  The  Company 
expects to adopt EITF Issue No. 06-4 as of January 1, 2008 
as  a  change  of  accounting  principle  through  a  cumulative 
adjustment  to  retained  earnings.  The  amount  of  the  adjust-
ment is not expected to be significant.

P A G E   4 6

Investment Securities
Securities  are  designated  at  the  time  of  acquisition  as  avail-
able for sale or held to maturity. Securities that the Company 
will hold for indefinite periods of time and that might be sold 
in the future as part of efforts to manage interest rate risk or in 
response to changes in interest rates, changes in prepayment 
risk,  changes  in  market  conditions  or  changes  in  economic 
factors are classified as available for sale and carried at esti-
mated market values. Net aggregate unrealized gains or losses 
are included in a valuation allowance account and are reported, 
net of taxes, as a component of shareholders’ equity through 
other  comprehensive  income.  Securities  that  the  Company 
has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are des-
ignated as held to maturity and are carried at amortized cost, 
adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of dis-
counts  over  the  period  to  maturity.  Interest  income  includes 
the amortization of purchase premiums and accretion of pur-
chase discounts. Gains and losses realized on sales of securi-
ties are determined on the specific identification method and 
are reported in noninterest income as net securities gains.

Included  in  investment  securities  available  for  sale  is  the 
bank’s investment in Federal Home Loan Bank of New York 
(“FHLB”) stock and is carried at par value, which reasonably 
approximates its fair value. The bank is required to maintain 
a minimum level of investment in FHLB stock based on spe-
cific percentages of its outstanding mortgages, total assets or 
FHLB  advances.  Stock  redemptions  are  at  the  discretion  of 
the FHLB.

Securities pledged as collateral are reported separately in the 
consolidated balance sheets if the secured party has the right 
by  contract  or  custom  to  sell  or  repledge  the  collateral. 
Securities  are  pledged  by  the  Company  to  secure  trust  and 
public  deposits,  securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repur-
chase,  advances  from  the  FHLB  and  for  other  purposes 
required or permitted by law.

A periodic review is conducted by management to determine 
if  the  decline  in  the  fair  value  of  any  security  appears  to  be 
other-than-temporary.  Factors  considered  in  determining 
whether the decline is other-than-temporary include, but are 
not  limited  to:  the  length  of  time  and  the  extent  to  which 
fair  value  has  been  below  cost;  the  financial  condition  and 
near-term prospects of the issuer; and the Company’s ability 
and  intent  to  hold  the  investment  for  a  period  of  time  suffi-
cient  to  allow  for  any  anticipated  recovery.  If  the  decline  is 
deemed  to  be  other-than-temporary,  the  security  is  written 

down to a new cost basis and the resulting loss is reported in 
noninterest income.

Loans
Loans  (including  factored  accounts  receivable),  other  than 
those  held  for  sale,  are  reported  at  their  principal  amount 
outstanding,  net  of  unearned  discounts  and  unamortized 
nonrefundable  fees  and  direct  costs  associated  with  their 
origination  or  acquisition.  Interest  earned  on  loans  without 
discounts  is  credited  to  income  based  on  loan  principal 
amounts  outstanding  at  appropriate  interest  rates.  Material 
origination and other nonrefundable fees net of direct costs and 
discounts on loans (excluding factored accounts receivable) are 
credited to income over the terms of the loans using a method 
that  results  in  an  approximately  constant  effective  yield. 
Nonrefundable  fees  on  the  purchase  of  accounts  receivable 
are  credited  to  “Factoring  income”  at  the  time  of  purchase, 
which,  based  on  our  analysis,  does  not  produce  results  that 
are materially different from the results under the amortiza-
tion method specified in SFAS No. 91.

Mortgage loans held for sale, including deferred fees and costs, 
are reported at the lower of cost or fair value as determined 
by outstanding commitments from investors or current inves-
tor yield requirements calculated on the aggregate loan basis, 
and are included under the caption “Loans held for sale” in 
the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Net unrealized losses, if any, 
are recognized in a valuation allowance by a charge to income. 
Mortgage  loans  are  sold,  including  servicing  rights,  without 
recourse. Gains or losses resulting from sales of mortgage loans, 
net of unamortized deferred fees and costs, are recognized when 
the proceeds are received from investors and are included under 
the caption “Mortgage banking income” in the Consolidated 
Statements of Income. In connection with its mortgage banking 
activities, the Company had commitments to fund loans held 
for sale and commitments to sell loans which are considered 
derivative  instruments  under  SFAS  No.  133,  Accounting  for 
Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities.  The  fair 
values  of  these  free-standing  derivative  instruments  were 
immaterial at December 31, 2007 and 2006.

Nonaccrual loans are those on which the accrual of interest has 
ceased. Loans, including loans that are individually identified 
as being impaired under SFAS No. 114, are generally placed on 
nonaccrual status immediately if, in the opinion of manage-
ment, principal or interest is not likely to be paid in accordance 
with  the  terms  of  the  loan  agreement,  or  when  principal  or 
interest is past due 90 days or more and collateral, if any, is 

P A G E   4 7

insufficient to cover principal and interest. Interest accrued but 
not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status is 
reversed against interest income. Interest income is recognized 
on nonaccrual loans only to the extent received in cash. How-
ever, where there is doubt regarding the ultimate collectibility 
of the loan principal, cash receipts, whether designated as prin-
cipal or interest, are thereafter applied to reduce the carrying 
value of the loan. Loans are restored to accrual status only when 
interest and principal payments are brought current and future 
payments are reasonably assured.

Allowance for Loan Losses
The  allowance  for  loan  losses,  which  is  available  for  losses 
incurred in the loan portfolio, is increased by a provision charged 
to expense and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries.

The Company’s allowance for loan losses includes (1) specific 
valuation  allowances  for  impaired  loans  evaluated  in  accor-
dance with SFAS No. 114, as amended by SFAS No. 118, and 
(2)  formulaic  allowances  based  on  historical  loss  experience 
by  loan  category,  as  adjusted  for  various  evaluation  factors, 
including those described below.

Under the provisions of SFAS No. 114 and SFAS No. 118, indi-
vidually identified impaired loans are measured based on the 
present value of payments expected to be received, using the 
historical effective loan rate as the discount rate. Alternatively, 
measurement may also be based on observable market prices; 
or,  for  loans  that  are  solely  dependent  on  the  collateral  for 
repayment, measurement may be based on the fair value of the 
collateral. Loans that are to be foreclosed are measured based 
on the fair value of the collateral. If the recorded investment in 
the impaired loan exceeds fair value, a valuation allowance is 
required  as  a  component  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses. 
Changes to the valuation allowance are recorded as a compo-
nent of the provision for loan losses.

The  adequacy  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  reviewed 
regularly  by  management.  The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is 
maintained through the provision for loan losses, which is a 
charge  to  expense.  The  adequacy  of  the  provision  and  the 
resulting allowance for loan losses is determined by manage-
ment’s  continuing  review  of  the  loan  portfolio,  including 
identification and review of individual problem situations that 
may  affect  the  borrower’s  ability  to  repay,  review  of  overall 
portfolio quality through an analysis of current charge-offs, 
delinquency and nonperforming loan data, estimates of the value 
of any underlying collateral, review of regulatory examinations, 
an assessment of current and expected economic conditions and 
changes  in  the  size  and  character  of  the  loan  portfolio.  The 
allowance  reflects  management’s  evaluation  both  of  loans 

presenting identified loss potential and of the risk inherent in 
various components of the portfolio, including loans identified 
as impaired as required by SFAS No. 114. Thus, an increase 
in the size of the portfolio or in any of its components could 
necessitate  an  increase  in  the  allowance  even  though  there 
may not be a decline in credit quality or an increase in poten-
tial problem loans. A significant change in any of the evalua-
tion  factors  described  above  could  result  in  future  additions 
to the allowance.

Goodwill
Goodwill  reflected  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  arose 
from the parent company’s acquisition of the bank (in 1968) 
and  the  acquisition  of  Sterling  Resource  Funding  Corp  (in 
2006),  under  the  purchase  method  of  accounting.  Goodwill 
is assigned to the Corporate lending unit for segment report-
ing  purposes.  Effective  January  1,  2002,  the  Company 
adopted  SFAS  No.  142,  Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible 
Assets (“SFAS No. 142”). Under the provisions of SFAS No. 
142, goodwill is deemed to have an indefinite useful life and 
the  Company  is  required  to  complete  an  annual  assessment 
by segment for any impairment of goodwill, which would be 
treated as an expense in the income statement. There was no 
impairment expense recorded in 2007, 2006 or 2005.

Goodwill is tested for impairment using a two-step approach 
that  involves  the  identification  of  “reporting  units”  and  the 
estimation of their respective fair values. An impairment loss 
would be recognized as a charge to expense for any excess of 
the goodwill carrying amount over implied fair value.

Premises and Equipment
Premises  and  equipment,  excluding  land,  are  stated  at  cost 
less accumulated depreciation or amortization as applicable. 
Land  is  reported  at  cost.  Depreciation  is  computed  on  a 
straight-line basis and is charged to noninterest expense over 
the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Useful lives are 
7 years for furniture fixtures and equipment, between 3 and 
7 years for ATMs, computer hardware and software, and 10 
years  for  building  improvements.  Amortization  of  leasehold 
improvements  is  charged  to  noninterest  expense  over  the 
terms of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of 
the improvements, whichever is shorter. Maintenance, repairs 
and minor improvements are charged to noninterest expenses 
as incurred.

Foreclosed Assets
Assets  acquired  through  or  instead  of  loan  foreclosure  are 
held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less esti-
mated  selling  costs  when  acquired,  establishing  a  new  cost 
basis.  Costs  after  acquisition  are  generally  expenses.  If  the 

P A G E   4 8

fair  value  of  the  asset  declines,  a  write-down  is  recorded 
through expense. The valuation of foreclosed assets is subjec-
tive  in  nature  and  may  be  adjusted  in  the  future  because  of 
changes in economic conditions.

Bank Owned Life Insurance
The bank invested in Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”) 
policies  to  fund  certain  future  employee  benefit  costs.  The 
cash  surrender  value,  net  of  surrender  charges,  of  the  BOLI 
policies  is  recorded  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets 
under  the  caption  “Bank  owned  life  insurance.”  Changes  in 
the  cash  surrender  value,  net  of  surrender  charges,  are 
recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income under the 
caption “Bank owned life insurance income.”

Repurchase Agreements
The  Company  sells  certain  securities  under  agreements  to 
repurchase  and  receives  cash  as  collateral.  The  agreements 
are  treated  as  collateralized  financing  transactions  and  the 
obligations  to  repurchase  securities  sold  are  reflected  as  a 
liability  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets. 
The carrying value of the securities underlying the agreements 
remains reflected as an asset. 

Derivative Financial Instruments
The  Company’s  hedging  policies  permit  the  use  of  various 
derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk or
to  hedge  specified  assets  and  liabilities.  All  derivatives  are 
recorded  at  fair  value  on  the  Company’s  balance  sheet.  To 
qualify for hedge accounting, derivatives must be highly effec-
tive at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being 
hedged and must be designated as a hedge at the inception of 
the derivative contract. The Company considers a hedge to be 
highly effective if the change in fair value of the derivative hedg-
ing instrument is within 80% to 120% of the opposite change 
in the fair value of the derivative and the hedged item attrib-
utable to the hedged risk. If derivative instruments are desig-
nated  as  hedges  of  fair  values,  and  such  hedges  are  highly 
effective, both the change in the fair value of the hedge and 
the  hedged  item  are  included  in  current  earnings.  Fair  value 
adjustments related to cash flow hedges are recorded in other 
comprehensive income and are reclassified to earnings when 
the  hedged  transaction  is  reflected  in  earnings.  Ineffective 
portions  of  hedges  are  reflected  in  earnings  as  they  occur. 
Actual cash receipts and/or payments and related accruals on 
derivatives  related  to  hedges  are  recorded  as  adjustments  to 
the  interest  income  or  interest  expense  associated  with  the 
hedged item. During the life of the hedge, the Company for-
mally  assesses  whether  derivatives  designated  as  hedging 
instruments  continue  to  be  highly  effective  in  offsetting 
changes in the fair value or cash flows of hedged items. If it is 

determined that a hedge has ceased to be highly effective, the 
Company  will  discontinue  hedge  accounting  prospectively. 
At  such  time,  previous  adjustments  to  the  carrying  value  of 
the  hedged  item  are  reversed  into  current  earnings  and  the 
derivative  instrument  is  reclassified  to  a  trading  position 
recorded at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivative 
financial instruments not designated as hedges for accounting 
purposes are reflected in income or expense at measurement 
dates. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company was a 
party to interest rate floor contracts, which are being used as 
part of the Company’s interest rate risk program and not for 
hedge purposes, with a notional amount of $50,000,000 and 
$100,000,000, respectively, and a fair value of $10,609 and 
$2,668, respectively.

The Company may be required to recognize certain contracts 
and  commitments  as  derivatives  when  the  characteristics  of 
those  contracts  and  commitments  meet  the  definition  of  a 
derivative.

Income Taxes
The  Company  utilizes  the  asset  and  liability  method  of 
accounting  for  income  taxes.  Deferred  income  tax  expense 
(benefit) is determined by recognizing deferred tax assets and 
liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to dif-
ferences between the financial statement carrying amounts of 
existing  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  respective  tax  bases. 
The realization of deferred tax assets is assessed and a valua-
tion  allowance  provided  for  that  portion  of  the  assets  for 
which  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  it  will  not  be  realized. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted 
tax rates and will be adjusted for the effects of future changes 
in tax laws or rates, if any.

For  income  tax  purposes,  the  parent  company  files:  a  con-
solidated  Federal  income  tax  return;  combined  New  York 
City  and  New  York  State  income  tax  returns;  and  separate 
state income tax returns for its out-of-state subsidiaries. The 
parent  company,  under  tax  sharing  agreements,  either  pays 
or collects on account of current income taxes to or from its 
subsidiaries.

Effective  January  1,  2007,  the  Company  adopted  the  provi-
sions  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Interpretation 
(“FIN”),  Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes—An 
Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”). FIN 
48  clarifies  the  accounting  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes 
recognized  in  an  entity’s  financial  statements  in  accordance 
with  SFAS  No.  109,  Accounting  for  Income  Taxes.  FIN  48 
also  prescribes  a  specified  recognition  threshold  and  mea-
surement attribute for the financial statement recognition and 

P A G E   4 9

measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken 
in  a  tax  return.  The  new  interpretation  also  provides  guid-
ance  on  derecognition,  classification,  interest  and  penalties, 
accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. See 
Note  18  for  further  analysis  of  the  Company’s  adoption  of 
this standard as of January 1, 2007.

Statements of Cash Flows
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equiva-
lents include cash and due from banks.

Stock Incentive Plan
At  December  31,  2007,  the  Company  had  a  stock-based 
employee  compensation  plan,  which  is  described  more  fully 

in Note 16. Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted 
for this plan under the recognition and measurement princi-
ples  of  Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion  No.  25, 
Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to  Employees  (“APB  25”)  and 
related  interpretations.  All  options  granted  under  the  plan 
had  an  exercise  price  equal  to  or  greater  than  the  market 
value  of  the  underlying  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant 
and, therefore, no option related stock-based employee com-
pensation cost was reflected in net income for the year ended 
December 31, 2005. Stock-based employee compensation cost 
related to restricted stock is included in compensation expense 
as discussed more fully in Note 16.

In accordance with SFAS No. 123, Account ing for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS No. 123”), the following table illus-
trates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 
No. 123, to the stock-based employee compensation plans.

Year Ended December 31,

Income from continuing operations
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of 

related tax effects

Pro forma, income from continuing operations

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

Pro forma, net income

Income from continuing operations per average common share:

Basic—as reported
Basic—pro forma
Diluted—as reported
Diluted—pro forma

Net income per average common share:

Basic—as reported
Basic—pro forma
Diluted—as reported
Diluted—pro forma

2005

$ 23,462,709

(1,134,612)

22,328,097

564,116

$ 22,892,213

$ 

1.22
1.17
1.19
1.13

1.25
1.19
1.22
1.16

P A G E   5 0

 
Employee  stock  options  generally  expire  ten  years  from  the 
date of grant and become non-forfeitable one year from date of 
grant, although if necessary to qualify to the maximum extent 
possible as incentive stock options, these options become exer-
cisable  in  annual  installments.  Director  nonqualified  stock 
options generally expire five years from the date of grant and 
become non-forfeitable and become exercisable in four annual 
installments starting one year from date of grant. Subsequent 
to  the  adoption  of  SFAS  No.  123R,  stock-based  compensa-
tion  is  recognized  over  the  period  from  date  of  grant  to  the 
date on which the options become non-forfeitable.

As of January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123R 
which eliminated the ability to account for stock-based com-
pensation  using  APB  25  and  requires  that  such  transactions 
be recognized as compensation cost in the income statement 
for awards expected to be vested based on their fair values on 
the  measurement  date,  which  is  generally  the  date  of  the 
grant. The Company transitioned to fair value based account-
ing for stock-based compensation using a modified version of 
prospective application (“modified prospective application”). 
Under modified prospective application, as it is applicable to 
the Company, SFAS No. 123R applies to new awards and to 
awards  modified,  repurchased,  or  cancelled  after  January  1, 
2006. SFAS No. 123R requires pro forma disclosures which 
are presented above, of net income and earnings per share for 
all periods prior to the adoption of the fair value accounting 
method for stock-based employee compensation.

Earnings Per Average Common Share
Basic  earnings  per  share  are  computed  by  dividing  income 
available  to  common  stockholders  by  the  weighted-average 
number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted 
earnings  per  share  reflect  the  potential  dilution  that  could 
occur  if  securities  or  other  contracts  to  issue  common  stock 
were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in 
the  issuance  of  common  stock  that  then  shared  in  the  earn-
ings of the Company.

NOTE 2.

ACQUISITION AND DISPOSITION

As of April 1, 2006, Sterling Resource Funding Corp., a sub-
sidiary of the bank, completed the acquisition of the business 
and  certain  assets  ($64.1  million)  and  liabilities  ($21.0  mil-
lion)  of  PL  Services,  L.P.,  a  provider  of  credit  and  accounts 

receivable management services to the staffing industry, in an 
all  cash  transaction.  A  general  allowance  for  loan  losses  in 
the amount of $1.8 million was carried over. Goodwill recog-
nized  in  this  transaction  amounted  to  $1.7  million  and  was 
assigned to the Corporate Lending unit for segment reporting 
purposes.  This  acquisition,  when  considered  under  relevant 
disclosure guidance, does not require the presentation of sep-
arate pro forma financial information.

The Company’s goodwill was $22,900,912 and $22,862,051 
as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The increase 
of  $38,861  during  2007  was  the  result  of  a  purchase  price 
adjustment in connection with the Sterling Resource Funding 
acquisition discussed above.

In  September  2006,  the  Company  sold  for  cash  the  busi-
ness  conducted  by  Sterling  Financial  Services  (“Sterling 
Financial”), which included a loan portfolio of approximately 
$132 million.

The interest expense allocated to discontinued operations was 
based  on  the  actual  average  balances,  interest  expenses  and 
average  rate  on  each  category  of  interest-bearing  liabilities, 
with  the  average  rate  applied  to  the  aggregate  average  loan 
balances to determine the funding cost. Interest expense allo-
cated  to  the  funding  supporting  the  Sterling  Financial  net 
loans for those periods was assigned based on the average net 
loan  balances  proportionately  funded  by  all  interest-bearing 
liabilities at an average rate equal to the cost of each applied 
to its average balance for the period.

The  results  of  operations  of  Sterling  Financial  have  been 
reported  as  a  discontinued  operation  in  the  consolidated 
statements  of  income  for  all  periods  presented.  For  the  year 
ended December 31, 2006, the Company recorded a pre-tax 
loss  on  the  sale  of  $15,677,360  and  a  tax  benefit  of 
$6,042,449.  Total  revenues  generated  by  the  operations  of 
Sterling  Financial  amounted  to  $404,438,  $8,340,544  and 
$11,692,798  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2007,  2006 
and  2005,  respectively.  For  the  years  ended  December  31, 
2007, 2006 and 2005, the income tax (benefit) and income tax 
expense associated with discontinued operations, exclusive of 
loss  on  sale,  were  $(511,831),  $(378,639)  and  $476,766, 
respectively. Income taxes were calculated using a “with and 
without” methodology that resulted in an overall tax rate of 
39.16% in 2007, 38.54% in 2006 and 45.80% in 2005.

P A G E   5 1

The assets and liabilities of discontinued operations are presented separately in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. 
The details are as follows:

December 31, 2006

Assets

 Cash and due from banks
 Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
 Other assets

 Total assets

Liabilities

 Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 Total liabilities

NOTE 3.

CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

$ 

171,925
947,217
543,555

$  1,662,697

$ 

$ 

336,358

336,358

The bank is required to maintain average reserves, net of vault cash, on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York 
against outstanding domestic deposits and certain other liabilities. The required reserves, which are reported in cash and due 
from  banks,  were  $38,085,000  and  $24,753,000  at  December  31,  2007  and  2006,  respectively.  Average  required  reserves 
during 2007 and 2006 were $32,299,000 and $30,349,000, respectively.

NOTE 4.

MONEY MARKET INVESTMENTS

The  Company’s  money  market  investments  include  interest-bearing  deposits  with  other  banks  and  Federal  funds  sold.  The 
following table presents information regarding money market investments.

Years Ended December 31, 

Interest-bearing deposits with other banks

At December 31  —Balance

—Average interest rate
—Average original maturity

During the year  —Maximum month-end balance

—Daily average balance
—Average interest rate earned
—Range of interest rates earned

Federal funds sold

At December 31  —Balance

—Average interest rate
—Average original maturity

During the year  —Maximum month-end balance

—Daily average balance
—Average interest rate earned
—Range of interest rates earned

2007

2006

2005

$ 

979,984

$  1,261,187

$  1,212,227

3.16%

115 Days
4,449,090
3,033,000

3.86%
1.50–5.36%

3.80%

115 Days
5,183,338
2,624,000

4.48%
1.50–5.36%

$ 

—
—
—
120,000,000
23,219,000

5.32%
4.50–5.375%

$ 20,000,000

$ 

5.19%

1 Day
20,000,000
4,041,000

4.84%
4.42–5.28%

3.11%

66 Days
5,209,048
3,040,000

1.96%
1.00–4.06%

—
—
—
40,000,000
10,986,000

2.81%
2.19–3.94%

P A G E   5 2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 5.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale are as follows:

December 31, 2007

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government 

  sponsored enterprises
  Mortgage-backed securities

  CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)
  CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)
  CMOs (Government National Mortgage Association)
  Federal National Mortgage Association
  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
  Government National Mortgage Association

  Total mortgage-backed securities
  Federal Home Loan Bank agency notes
  Federal Farm Credit Bank agency notes

 Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and 
  government sponsored enterprises
Obligations of state and political institutions
Trust preferred securities
Corporate securities
Federal Reserve Bank stock
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Other securities

  Total

December 31, 2006

Amortized
Cost

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses

Estimated 
Fair 
Value

$  8,805,428
22,397,938
9,141,893
53,760,132
37,093,929
3,375,244

134,574,564
59,967,566
26,978,129

221,520,259
18,946,036
5,090,175
13,584,038
1,130,700
5,359,700
304,442

$ 

—
—
—
241,290
41,086
149,782

432,158
562,121
239,997

1,234,276
201,241
127
—
—
—
15,378

$  365,936
959,349
47,250
627,824
410,283
3,925

2,414,567
25,000
—

2,439,567
4,972
787,192
774,071
—
—
—

$  8,439,492
21,438,589
9,094,643
53,373,598
36,724,732
3,521,101

132,592,155
60,504,687
27,218,126

220,314,968
19,142,305
4,303,110
12,809,967
1,130,700
5,359,700
319,820

$ 265,935,350

$ 1,451,022

$ 4,005,802

$ 263,380,570

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government 

  sponsored enterprises

  Mortgage-backed securities

  CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)

$  8,878,785

$ 

  CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)

  Federal National Mortgage Association

  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

  Government National Mortgage Association

 Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and 

 government sponsored enterprises—mortgage-backed 

securities

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

Trust preferred securities

Federal Reserve Bank stock

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

Other securities

  Total

22,763,787

46,162,388

43,338,106

4,166,482

125,309,548

21,551,135

1,179,936

1,130,700

2,719,100

304,442

—

—

54,871

6,563

104,737

166,171

116,099

70,059

—

—

21,607

$  506,631

$  8,372,154

1,180,057

1,175,367

1,214,411

3,676

4,080,142

66,392

1,376

—

—

—

21,583,730

45,041,892

42,130,258

4,267,543

121,395,577

21,600,842

1,248,619

1,130,700

2,719,100

326,049

$ 152,194,861

$ 373,936

$ 4,147,910

$ 148,420,887

P A G E   5 3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The carrying value and estimated fair value of securities held to maturity are as follows:

December 31, 2007

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government 

  sponsored enterprises
  Mortgage-backed securities

  CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)
  CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)
  Federal National Mortgage Association
  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
  Government National Mortgage Association

  Total mortgage-backed securities
  Federal Home Loan Bank agency notes

 Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and 
  government sponsored enterprises
Debt securities issued by foreign governments

  Total

December 31, 2006

Carrying
Value

Gross
Unrealized 
Gains

Gross
Unrealized 
Losses

Estimated
Fair
Value

$  12,349,723
21,195,565
172,362,300
121,980,069
8,725,725

336,613,382
24,997,465

$ 

—
4,887
969,657
197,532
336,882

1,508,958
657,223

$   629,469
767,806
975,657
1,927,790
—

4,300,722
—

$  11,720,254
20,432,646
172,356,300
120,249,811
9,062,607

333,821,618
25,654,688

361,610,847
250,000

2,166,181
—

4,300,722
1,298

359,476,306
248,702

$ 361,860,847

$ 2,166,181

$4,302,020

$ 359,725,008

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government 

  sponsored enterprises

  Mortgage-backed securities

  CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)

$  12,787,247

$ 

  CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)

  Federal National Mortgage Association

  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

  Government National Mortgage Association

  Total mortgage-backed securities

  Federal Home Loan Bank agency notes

  Federal Farm Credit Bank agency notes

 Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and 

22,859,880

206,573,458

142,536,442

10,654,868

395,411,895

9,991,535

15,000,000

—

—

289,056

70,046

245,945

$   538,181

$  12,249,066

1,118,171

4,022,690

3,936,637

361

21,741,709

202,839,824

138,669,851

10,900,452

605,047

9,616,040

386,400,902

—

—

52,472

184,375

9,939,063

14,815,625

  government sponsored enterprises

420,403,430

605,047

9,852,887

411,155,590

Debt securities issued by foreign governments

500,000

—

4,900

495,100

  Total

$ 420,903,430

$  605,047

$9,857,787

$ 411,650,690

P A G E   5 4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  presents  information  regarding  securities  available  for  sale  with  temporary  unrealized  losses  for  the 
periods indicated:

December 31, 2007

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government 

  sponsored enterprises
  Mortgage-backed securities

  CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)
  CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)
  CMOs (Government National Mortgage Association)
  Federal National Mortgage Association
  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
  Government National Mortgage Association

  Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and 

 government sponsored enterprises—mortgage-backed securities

  Federal Home Loan Bank agency notes
 Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and 
  government sponsored enterprises
Obligations of state and political institutions
Trust preferred securities
Corporate securities

Less Than 12 Months

12 Months or Longer

Total

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

$ 

— $ 
—
9,094,643
9,971,965
—
—

— $  8,439,492
21,438,588
—
47,250
—
26,422,330
93,946
30,752,781
—
157,674
—

$  365,936
959,349
—
533,878
410,283
3,925

$  8,439,492
21,438,588
9,094,643
36,394,295
30,752,781
157,674

$  365,936
959,349
47,250
627,824
410,283
3,925

19,066,608
4,975,000

24,041,608
450,293
3,400,710
12,809,967

141,196
25,000

166,196
1,737
627,192
774,071

87,210,865
—

2,273,371
—

106,277,473
4,975,000

2,414,567
25,000

87,210,865
1,088,106
840,000
—

2,273,371
3,235
160,000
—

111,252,473
1,538,399
4,240,710
12,809,967

2,439,567
4,972
787,192
774,071

  Total

$ 40,702,578

$ 1,569,196

$  89,138,971

$ 2,436,606

$ 129,841,549

$ 4,005,802

December 31, 2006

U.S. Treasury securities

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government 

  sponsored enterprises

Mortgage-backed securities

CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)

$ 

— $ 

— $  8,372,154

$  506,631

$  8,372,154

$  506,631

CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)

Federal National Mortgage Association

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

Government National Mortgage Association

Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and 

—

6,036,667

6,310,222

—

—

36,404

74,863

—

21,583,730

34,945,463

35,451,592

200,575

1,180,057

1,138,963

1,139,548

3,676

21,583,730

40,982,130

41,761,814

200,575

1,180,057

1,175,367

1,214,411

3,676

  government sponsored enterprises—mortgage-backed securities

12,346,889

111,267

100,553,514

3,968,875

112,900,403

4,080,142

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

Trust preferred securities

5,411,216

160,916

19,676

1,376

2,953,533

—

46,716

—

8,364,749

160,916

66,392

1,376

Total

$ 17,919,021

$  132,319

$ 103,507,047

$ 4,015,591

$ 121,426,068

$ 4,147,910

P A G E   5 5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents information regarding securities held to maturity with temporary unrealized losses for the periods 
indicated:

December 31, 2007

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government 

  sponsored enterprises
  Mortgage-backed securities

  CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)
  CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)
  Federal National Mortgage Association
  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

 Total obligations of U.S. government corporations 
  and agencies—mortgage-backed securities
Debt securities issued by foreign governments

  Total

December 31, 2006

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government 

  sponsored enterprises

Mortgage-backed securities

CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)

CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)

Federal National Mortgage Association

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

Government National Mortgage Association

Total mortgage-backed securities

Federal Home Loan Bank agency notes

Federal Farm Credit Bank agency notes

Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and 

  government sponsored enterprises

Debt securities issued by foreign governments

Less Than 12 Months

12 Months or Longer

Total

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair
Value

Unrealized
Losses

$ 

$ 

$ 

—
—
—
—

—
—

—

—

—

8,378,552

509,958

5,211

$         —
—
—
—

$  11,720,254
16,307,337
90,955,257
100,916,760

$  629,469
767,806
975,657
1,927,790

$  11,720,254
16,307,337
90,955,257
100,916,760

$  629,469
767,806
975,657
1,927,790

—
—

219,899,608
248,702

4,300,722
1,298

219,899,608
248,702

4,300,722
1,298

$         —

$ 220,148,310

$ 4,302,020

$ 220,148,310

$ 4,302,020

$         —

$  12,249,066

$  538,181

$  12,249,066

$  538,181

—

39,411

2,089

24

21,741,709

84,062,278

135,026,445

15,160

1,118,171

3,983,279

3,934,548

337

21,741,709

92,440,830

135,536,403

20,371

1,118,171

4,022,690

3,936,637

361

8,893,721

41,524

253,094,658

9,574,516

261,988,379

9,616,040

—

—

—

—

9,939,063

14,815,625

52,472

184,375

9,939,063

14,815,625

52,472

184,375

8,893,721

41,524

277,849,346

9,811,363

286,743,067

9,852,887

—

—

245,100

4,900

245,100

4,900

Total

$ 8,893,721

$41,524

$ 278,094,446

$ 9,816,263

$ 286,988,167

$ 9,857,787

The Company invests principally in U.S. government corporation and agency obligations and A-rated or better investments. The 
fair  value  of  these  investments  fluctuates  based  on  several  factors,  including  credit  quality  and  general  interest  rate  changes. 
The Company has made an evaluation that it has the ability to hold its investments until maturity and, given its current intention 
to do so, anticipates that it will realize the full carrying value of its investment.

P A G E   5 6

 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables present information regarding securities available for sale and securities held to maturity at December 31, 
2007,  based  on  contractual  maturity.  Expected  maturities  will  differ  from  contractual  maturities  because  issuers  may  have 
the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. The average yield on obligations of state and 
political subdivisions and Federal Reserve Bank securities is stated on a tax-equivalent basis.

Available for sale

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored enterprises
  Mortgage-backed securities

  CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)
  CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)
  CMOs (Government National Mortgage Association)
  Federal National Mortgage Association
  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
  Government National Mortgage Association

Amortized 
Cost

Estimated 
Fair Value

Weighted 
Average 
Yield

$  8,805,428
22,397,938
9,141,893
53,760,132
37,093,929
3,375,244

$  8,439,492
21,438,589
9,094,643
53,373,598
36,724,732
3,521,101

4.52%
4.52
5.05
4.72
4.60
5.97

 Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and government sponsored 
  enterprises—mortgage-backed securities

134,574,564

132,592,155

4.70

  Federal Home Loan Bank agency notes

  Due after 5 years

  Federal Farm Credit Bank agency notes

  Due after 5 years

 Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and government 
  sponsored enterprises

Obligations of state and political institutions
  Due within 1 year
  Due after 1 year but within 5 years
  Due after 5 years

  Total obligations of state and political institutions

Trust preferred securities
  Due after 5 years
Corporate securities
Federal Reserve Bank stock
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Other securities

  Total available for sale

59,967,566

60,504,687

5.89

26,978,129

27,218,126

5.77

86,945,695

87,722,813

5.86

1,226,660
5,342,284
12,377,092

1,235,742
5,412,773
12,493,790

18,946,036

19,142,305

5,090,175
13,584,038
1,130,700
5,359,700
304,442

4,303,110
12,809,967
1,130,700
5,359,700
319,820

$ 265,935,350

$ 263,380,570

5.89
5.29
5.63

5.55

8.50
7.47
6.00
3.58
3.52

5.18

P A G E   5 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Held to maturity

Obligations of U.S. government corporations and government

  sponsored enterprises
  Mortgage-backed securities

  CMOs (Federal National Mortgage Association)
  CMOs (Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation)
  Federal National Mortgage Association
  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
  Government National Mortgage Association

  Total mortgage-backed securities

  Federal Home Loan Bank agency notes

  Due within 1 year
  Due after 1 year but within 5 years

Carrying 
Value

Estimated 
Fair Value

Weighted 
Average 
Yield

$  12,349,723
21,195,565
172,362,300
121,980,069
8,725,725

$  11,720,254
20,432,646
172,356,300
120,249,811
9,062,607

336,613,382

333,821,618

4,997,465
20,000,000

5,004,688
20,650,000

4.57%
4.48
4.82
4.39
6.47

4.68

4.59
6.17

 Total obligations of U.S. government corporations and government 
  sponsored enterprises

361,610,847

359,476,306

4.76

Debt securities issued by foreign governments
  Due after 1 year but within 5 years

  Total

Information regarding calls of held to maturity securities is as follows:

Years Ended December 31,

Proceeds

Gross gains

Gross losses

250,000

248,702

$ 361,860,847

$ 359,725,008

4.70

4.76

2007

2006

2005

$ 34,110,000

$ 

—

4,445

—

  —

  —

$ 

—

  —

  —

During 2005, as permitted under the provisions of SFAS No. 115, the Company sold approximately $5,303,000 (par amount) 
of held to maturity securities because over 85% of the original principal on these securities had been paid by the sale date. The 
proceeds from the sale were $5,452,162 and the gain was $127,804. There were no sales of held to maturity securities in 2007 
or 2006.

Information regarding securities sales and/or calls of the available for sale portfolio is as follows:

Years Ended December 31,

Proceeds

Gross gains

Gross losses

2007

2006

2005

$ 30,423,093

$25,371,314

$3,213,055

193,397

586

18,016

461,133

209,653

—

The  proceeds  from  available  for  sale  securities  sold  during  2006  were  utilized  to  partially  fund  the  acquisition  of  Sterling 
Resource Funding Corp.

Investment securities are pledged to secure trust and public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, advances 
from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York and for other purposes required or permitted by law.

P A G E   5 8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 6.

LOANS

The major components of domestic loans held for sale and loans held in portfolio are as follows:

December 31,

2007

2006

Loans held for sale, net of valuation reserve ($64,958 at December 31, 2007 
  and $-0- at December 31, 2006)

  Real estate—residential mortgage

Loans held in portfolio

Commercial and industrial
Lease financing
Factored receivables
Real estate—residential mortgage
Real estate—commercial mortgage
Real estate—construction and land development
Installment
Loans to depository institutions

Loans held in portfolio, gross
Less unearned discounts

$ 

23,755,906

$ 

33,319,789

$  539,969,407
287,563,583
93,016,702
129,464,803
99,093,560
37,161,197
12,103,045
27,000,000

1,225,372,297
38,248,313

$  522,009,835
239,225,533
100,467,090
120,056,900
93,214,668
30,030,684
12,380,848
27,000,000

1,144,385,558
31,783,938

Loans held in portfolio, net of unearned discounts

$ 1,187,123,984

$ 1,112,601,620

There  are  no  industry  concentrations  (exceeding  10%  of  loans,  gross)  in  the  commercial  and  industrial  loan  portfolio. 
Approximately 72% of loans are to borrowers located in the New York metropolitan area.

Nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2007 and 2006 totaled $6,383,000 and $5,861,000, respectively. There were no reduced 
rate loans at December 31, 2007 or 2006. The interest income that would have been earned on nonaccrual loans outstanding at 
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 in accordance with their original terms is estimated to be $655,000, $545,000 and $294,000, 
respectively,  for  the  years  then  ended.  Applicable  interest  income  actually  realized  was  $222,000,  $335,000  and  $95,000, 
respectively, for the aforementioned years, and there were no commitments to lend additional funds on nonaccrual loans.

Loans  are  made  at  normal  lending  limits  and  credit  terms  to  officers  or  directors  (including  their  immediate  families)  of  the 
Company  or  for  the  benefit  of  corporations  in  which  they  have  a  beneficial  interest.  There  were  no  outstanding  balances  on 
such loans in excess of $60,000 to any individual or entity at December 31, 2007 or 2006.

NOTE 7.

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

Years Ended December 31,

Balance at beginning of year
Provision for loan losses

Less charge-offs, net of recoveries:

Charge-offs
Recoveries

Net charge-offs

Add allowance from acquisition

Less losses on transfers to other real estate owned

2007

2006

2005

$ 16,287,974
5,853,330

$ 15,369,096
4,502,596

$ 14,437,268
5,214,000

22,141,304

19,871,692

19,651,268

6,489,902
705,614

5,784,288

—

1,272,241

5,940,340
1,165,852

4,774,488

1,845,500

654,730

4,560,562
373,191

4,187,371

—

94,801

Balance at end of year

$ 15,084,775

$ 16,287,974

$ 15,369,096

P A G E   5 9

The Company follows SFAS No. 114, which establishes standards for measuring certain components of the allowance for loan 
losses. As of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, $610,000, $592,000 and $276,000, respectively, of loans were judged to be 
impaired within the scope of SFAS No. 114, with interest income recognized on a cash basis. The average recorded investment 
in  impaired  loans  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2007,  2006  and  2005,  was  approximately  $495,000,  $388,000  and 
$325,000,  respectively.  The  application  of  SFAS  No.  114  indicated  that  these  loans  required  valuation  allowances  totaling 
$185,000, $255,000 and $90,000 at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which are included within the overall 
allowance  for  loan  losses.  The  interest  income  that  would  have  been  earned  on  impaired  loans  outstanding  at  December  31, 
2007, 2006 and 2005 in accordance with their original terms is estimated to be $10,000, $5,000 and $21,000, respectively, 
for  the  years  then  ended.  Applicable  interest  income  actually  realized  was  $-0-,  $1,000  and  $14,000,  respectively,  for  the 
aforementioned years, and there were no commitments to lend additional funds on impaired loans.

NOTE 8.

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

The following table presents information on premises and equipment:

December 31,

Land and building
Furniture and equipment
Leasehold improvements

Accumulated amortization and depreciation

Premises and equipment, net

Amortization and depreciation expense

NOTE 9.

INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS

2007

2006

$ 

254,451
13,573,446
10,716,832

24,544,729
13,365,846

$ 

254,451
11,825,084
10,625,541

22,705,076
11,381,427

$ 11,178,883

$ 11,323,649

$  2,549,617

$  2,348,025

The following table presents certain information for interest expense on deposits:

Years Ended December 31,

Interest expense

Interest-bearing deposits in domestic offices

Savings
NOW
Money Market
Time

Three months or less
More than three months through twelve months
More than twelve months through twenty-three months
More than twenty-four months through thirty-five months
More than thirty-six months through forty-seven months
More than forty-eight months through sixty months
More than sixty months

Interest-bearing deposits in foreign offices

Time

Three months or less
More than three months through twelve months

Total

2007

2006

2005

$ 

100,770
5,903,410
7,078,921

$ 

100,961
3,787,228
4,695,873

$ 

113,351
1,576,286
2,455,378

11,217,497
12,266,010
964,545
1,065,138
97,275
21,703
41,395

8,509,506
8,752,571
2,508,594
161,758
11,305
453,986
1,662

6,304,214
5,268,657
1,844,937
117,490
31,160
389,585
929

38,756,664

28,983,444

18,101,987

4,302
1,970

19,262
8,722

17,889
14,974

$ 38,762,936

$ 29,011,428

$ 18,134,850

P A G E   6 0

Foreign deposits totaled $575,817 and $573,857 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The aggregate of time certificates of deposit and other time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more was $411,019,063 
and $394,447,813 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The aggregate of time certificates of deposit and other time deposits by remaining maturity range is presented below:

December 31,

Domestic

Three months or less
More than three months through six months
More than six months through twelve months
More than twelve months through twenty-three months
More than twenty-four months through thirty-five months
More than thirty-six months through forty-seven months
More than forty-eight months through sixty months
More than sixty months

Foreign

Three months or less
More than three months through six months

2007

2006

2005

$216,023,376
155,009,636
101,676,791
48,137,470
1,269,779
472,308
1,022,353
1,220

$ 203,038,151
97,977,566
145,828,880
78,808,380
1,035,380
336,812
353,232
34,563

$ 252,383,369
80,472,379
92,828,189
67,897,087
4,268,663
143,925
233,220
19,797

523,612,933

527,412,964

498,246,629

395,000
180,817

575,817

395,000
178,857

573,857

1,645,037
1,376,991

3,022,028

Total

$524,188,750

$ 527,986,821

$ 501,268,657

Interest expense related to the aggregate of time certificates of deposit and other time deposits is presented below:

Years Ended December 31,

2007

2006

2005

Interest expense

Domestic

Foreign

Total

$25,673,563

$  20,399,382

$  13,956,972

6,272

27,984

32,863

$25,679,835

$  20,427,366

$  13,989,835

P A G E   6 1

NOTE 10.

SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

The following table presents information regarding Federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase—
customers and dealers, and commercial paper:

Years Ended December 31,

2007

2006

2005

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—customers

At December 31 —Balance

—Average interest rate

—Average original maturity

During the year —Maximum month-end balance

—Daily average balance

—Average interest rate paid

—Range of interest rates paid

$  60,053,947

$  52,802,796

$ 61,067,073

3.42%

4.92%

2.81%

37 Days

97,404,318

80,649,000

55 Days

94,132,979

86,418,000

14 Days

88,845,220

85,365,000

4.21%

4.05%

2.23%

2.50–5.85%

2.00–5.70%

1.50–4.25%

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase—dealers

At December 31 —Balance

$  10,200,000

$ 

—Average interest rate

—Average original maturity

During the year —Maximum month-end balance

—Daily average balance

—Average interest rate paid

—Range of interest rates paid

Federal funds purchased

At December 31 —Balance

—Average interest rate

—Average original maturity

During the year —Maximum month-end balance

—Daily average balance

—Average interest rate paid

—Range of interest rates paid

Commercial paper

At December 31 —Balance

—Average interest rate

—Average original maturity

During the year —Maximum month-end balance

—Daily average balance

—Average interest rate paid

—Range of interest rates paid

5.02%

7 Days

30,000,000

6,470,000

—
—

—

123,200,000

74,057,000

$ 88,729,000

4.40%

23 Days

88,729,000

52,199,000

4.78%

5.05%

3.44%

4.48–5.02%

4.33–5.40%

2.40–4.45%

$  65,000,000

$ 

4.17%

1 Day

65,000,000

9,281,000

—

—

—

$ 55,000,000

4.20%

1 Day

20,000,000

15,133,000

55,300,000

17,992,000

4.63%

5.08%

3.60%

3.50–5.31%

4.25–5.44%

2.25–4.50%

$  20,878,494

$  27,561,567

$ 38,191,016

4.51%

4.91%

3.22%

61 Days

28,750,718

26,731,000

50 Days

52,714,141

44,539,000

41 Days

42,323,187

37,302,000

5.05%

4.53%

2.61%

3.50–5.62%

2.00–5.70%

1.25–4.15%

The parent company has agreements with its line banks for back-up lines of credit for which it pays a fee at the annual rate of 
¼ of 1% times the line of credit extended. At December 31, 2007, these back-up bank lines of credit totaled $24,000,000; no lines 
were used at any time during 2007, 2006 or 2005.

Other short-term borrowings include advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”) due within one year 
and treasury tax and loan funds. At December 31, 2007, FHLB borrowings included an advance of $45,000,000 payable on 
January 2, 2008 at a rate of 4.11%. At December 31, 2006, there were no short-term borrowings from the FHLB. At December 
31, 2005, FHLB borrowings included an advance of $35,000,000 payable on January 3, 2006 at a rate of 4.32%.

P A G E   6 2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 11.

LONG-TERM BORROWINGS

These borrowings represent advances from the FHLB and junior subordinated debt securities issued by the parent company.

The following table presents information regarding fixed rate FHLB advances:

Advance
  Type

Callable

Callable

Callable

Callable

Total

Weighted-average interest rate

Interest
Rate

4.106%

4.013

4.70

4.28

Maturity
Date

10/23/09

11/2/09

2/22/11

10/17/11

Initial
Call Date

1/23/09

5/2/08

2/20/03

10/15/06

December 31,

2007

2006

$ 20,000,000

10,000,000

10,000,000

—

$ 

—

—

10,000,000

10,000,000

$ 40,000,000

$ 20,000,000

4.23%

4.49%

Under the terms of a collateral agreement with the FHLB, advances are secured by stock in the FHLB and by certain qualifying 
assets (primarily mortgage-backed securities) having market values at least equal to 110% of the advances outstanding. After 
the initial call date, each callable advance is callable by the FHLB quarterly from the initial call date, at par.

In  February  2002,  the  parent  company  completed  its  issuance  of  trust  capital  securities  (“capital  securities”)  that  raised 
$25,000,000 ($24,062,500 net proceeds after issuance costs). The 8.375% capital securities, due March 31, 2032, were issued 
by Sterling Bancorp Trust I (the “trust”), a wholly-owned non-consolidated statutory business trust. The trust was formed with 
initial capitalization of common stock and for the exclusive purpose of issuing the capital securities. The trust used the proceeds 
from  the  issuance  of  the  capital  securities  to  acquire  $25,774,000  junior  subordinated  debt  securities  that  pay  interest  at 
8.375% (“debt securities”) issued by the parent company. The debt securities are due concurrently with the capital securities 
which  may  not  be  redeemed,  except  under  limited  circumstances,  until  March  31,  2007,  and  thereafter  at  a  price  equal  to 
their  principal  amount  plus  interest  accrued  to  the  date  of  redemption.  The  Company  may  also  reduce  outstanding  capital 
securities  through  open  market  purchases.  During  2007,  the  parent  company  purchased  in  the  open  market  $196,000  par 
amount of the capital securities at an average price of $9.78; these securities are included in the Company’s securities available 
for sale. These securities are considered to be outstanding for the payment of dividends but are considered to be redeemed for 
the  calculation  of  the  regulatory  capital  ratios.  There  were  no  purchases  prior  to  2007.  As  a  result  of  these  repurchases,  the 
amounts of capital securities held by third parties at December 31, 2007 and 2006 were $24,804,000 and $25,000,000 respec-
tively. Dividends and interest are paid quarterly.

The parent company has the right to defer payments of interest on the debt securities at any time or from time to time for a 
period of up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods with respect to each deferral period. Under the terms of the debt securities, in 
the  event  that  under  certain  circumstances  there  is  an  event  of  default  under  the  debt  securities  or  the  parent  company  has 
elected to defer interest on the debt securities, the parent company may not, with certain exceptions, declare or pay any divi-
dends or distributions on its capital stock or purchase or acquire any of its capital stock.

Payments of distributions on the capital securities and payments on redemption of the capital securities are guaranteed by the 
parent company on a limited basis. The parent company also entered into an agreement as to expenses and liabilities pursuant 
to which it agreed, on a subordinated basis, to pay any costs, expenses or liabilities of the trust other than those arising under 
the capital securities. The obligations of the parent company under the debt securities, the related indenture, the trust agree-
ment establishing the trust, the guarantee and the agreement as to expenses and liabilities, in the aggregate, constitute a full and 
unconditional guarantee by the parent company of the trust’s obligations under the capital securities.

Notwithstanding that the accounts of the trust are not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, the amount 
of capital securities issued by the trust and held by third parties is included in the Tier 1 capital of the parent company for regu-
latory capital purposes as allowed by the Federal Reserve Board. In March 2005, the Federal Reserve Board adopted a rule that 
would continue to allow the inclusion of capital securities issued by unconsolidated subsidiary trusts in Tier 1 capital, but with 
stricter quantitative limits. Under the final rule, after a five-year transition period, the aggregate amount of capital securities 
and certain other capital elements would be limited to 25% of Tier 1 capital, net of goodwill less any associated deferred tax 
liability.  Based  on  the  final  rule,  the  parent  company  expects  to  continue  to  include  the  amount  of  capital  securities  held  by 
third parties in Tier 1 capital.

P A G E   6 3

NOTE 12.

COMMON STOCK

The following tables provide information regarding the number of common shares issued and the number of shareholders:

Years Ended December 31,

Issued at beginning of year
Shares issued under stock incentive plan

Issued at end of year

December 31,

Number of shareholders

NOTE 13.

TREASURY STOCK

The following table provides information regarding the number of shares held by the Company:

Years Ended December 31,

Held at beginning of year
Purchases
Surrender of shares issued under incentive compensation plan

Held at end of year

NOTE 14.

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Number of 
Shares Issued

2007

2006

21,177,084
101,447

21,066,916
110,168

21,278,531

21,177,084

2007

2006

1,481

1,558

Number of 
Shares Held

2007

2006

2,572,368
862,000
24,934

2,231,442
308,556
32,370

3,459,302

2,572,368

The  following  table  presents  the  components  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  as  of  December  31,  2007  and  2006 
included in shareholders’ equity:

December 31, 2007

Net unrealized (loss) on securities
Adjustment for underfunded pension obligations

Total

December 31, 2006

Net unrealized (loss) on securities
Adjustment for underfunded pension obligations

Total

NOTE 15.

RESTRICTIONS ON THE BANK

Pre-tax
Amount

Tax
Effect

After-tax 
Amount

$  (1,921,833)
(17,818,033)

$  867,253
8,060,802

$  (1,054,580)
(9,757,231)

$ (19,739,866)

$ 8,928,055

$ (10,811,811)

$  (3,251,833)
(18,356,837)

$1,467,962
8,297,800

$  (1,783,871)
(10,059,037)

$(21,608,670)

$9,765,762

$(11,842,908)

Various legal restrictions limit the extent to which the bank can supply funds to the parent company and its nonbank subsidiaries. 
All national banks are limited in the payment of dividends in any year without the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency 
to an amount not to exceed the net profits (as defined) for that year to date combined with its retained net profits for the pre-
ceding two calendar years. In addition, from time to time dividends are paid to the parent company by the finance subsidiaries 
from  their  retained  earnings  without  regulatory  restrictions.  As  of  December  31,  2007,  the  bank  could  pay  dividends  of 
approximately  $20,000,000  to  the  parent  company,  without  regulatory  approval  and  without  adversely  affecting  the  bank’s 
“well capitalized” status.

P A G E   6 4

NOTE 16.

STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

In April 1992, shareholders approved a Stock Incentive Plan (“the plan”) covering up to 100,000 common shares of the parent 
company.  Under  the  plan,  key  employees  of  the  parent  company  and  its  subsidiaries  could  be  granted  awards  in  the  form  of 
incentive stock options (“ISOs”), non-qualified stock options (“NQSOs”), stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock 
or a combination of these. The plan is administered by a committee of the Board of Directors. Since the inception of the plan, 
shareholders have approved amendments increasing the number of shares covered under the plan; the total number of shares 
authorized by shareholders through December 31, 2007 was 2,650,000. The plan provides for proportional adjustment to the 
number  of  shares  covered  by  the  plan  and  by  outstanding  awards,  and  in  the  exercise  price  of  outstanding  stock  options,  to 
reflect,  among  other  things,  stock  splits  and  stock  dividends.  After  giving  effect  to  stock  option  and  restricted  stock  awards 
granted and the effect of the 5% stock dividend effected December 12, 2005, the six-for-five stock split in the form of a stock 
dividend effected in December 2004, the five-for-four stock split in the form of a stock dividend effected September 10, 2003, 
the 20% stock dividend paid in December 2002, the 10% stock dividends paid in December 2001 and December 2000, and the 
5%  stock  dividend  paid  in  December  1999,  shares  available  for  grant  were  458,533,  469,427  and  504,287  at  December  31, 
2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company issues new shares to satisfy stock option exercises.

Stock Options
The following tables present information on the qualified and non-qualified stock options outstanding (after the effect of the 
stock dividends/splits discussed above) as of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and changes during the years then ended:

2007

2006

2005

Number of 
Options

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price

Number of 
Options

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price

Number of 
Options

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price

Qualified Stock Options

Outstanding at beginning of year

Exercised
Reclassified[1]
Forfeited

$10.45

    8.17

528,916

(83,359)

—

—

Outstanding at end of year

445,557

  10.87

Options exercisable at end of year

349,105

570,094

(39,288)

—

(1,890)

528,916

401,762

$10.26

    7.97

  14.60

  10.45

750,808

(68,693)

(112,021)

—

570,094

388,165

$10.07

    9.32

    9.59

  10.26

Non-Qualified Stock Options

Number of 
Options

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price

Number of 
Options

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price

Number of 
Options

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price

2007

2006

2005

Outstanding at beginning of year

1,326,327

Granted

Exercised
Reclassified[1]
Forfeited

112,500

(18,088)

—

(101,606)

Outstanding at end of year

1,319,133

Options exercisable at end of year

1,183,281

Weighted-average fair value of 

$12.79

  17.99

    6.48

  18.94

  12.85

1,360,457

37,800

(70,880)

—

(1,050)

1,326,327

1,288,527

$12.69

  19.50

  14.41

  26.94

  12.79

1,363,272

137,025

(226,813)

112,021

(25,048)

1,360,457

1,355,920

$11.30

  25.35

    9.10

    9.59

  24.99

  12.69

options granted during the year

$3.80

$4.90

$3.50

[1]  As a result of retirements and terminations. Since these provisions were included in the original terms of the awards, these reclassifications are not consid-

ered modifications.

P A G E   6 5

On  December  15,  2005,  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  approved  the  accelerated  vesting  and 
exercisability of all unvested and unexercisable stock options to purchase common shares of the Company held by directors or 
officers  on  December  19,  2005.  Management  proposed  the  acceleration  of  vesting  to  eliminate  the  impact  of  adopting  SFAS 
No. 123R, Share-Based Payment (“SFAS No. 123R”), on the consolidated financial statements insofar as existing options are 
concerned. As a result, options to purchase 223,913 common shares, which would otherwise have vested and become exercis-
able from time to time over the next four years, became fully vested and immediately exercisable as of December 19, 2005. The 
number of shares and exercise prices of the options subject to acceleration were unchanged. The accelerated options had exer-
cise prices between $15.82 and $26.94 per share, with a total weighted average exercise price per share of $22.70. The acceler-
ated  options  included  170,093  out-of-the  money  options  and  53,820  in-the-money  options.  The  Company  estimates  that 
accelerating  the  vesting  and  exercisability  of  the  223,913  options  discussed  above  eliminated  approximately  $0.7  million  of 
non-cash com pensation expense that would otherwise have been recorded in the Company’s income statements for future peri-
ods upon its adoption, as of January 1, 2006, of SFAS No. 123R.

In order to limit unintended personal benefits to officers and directors, the Compensation Committee imposed transfer restric-
tions on any shares received by an optionee upon exercise of an accelerated option before the earliest date on which, without 
giving  effect  to  such  acceleration,  such  option  would  nonetheless  have  been  vested  and  exercisable  in  respect  of  such  shares 
(assuming the optionee remained an employee or member of the Board of Directors, as applicable). Such transfer restrictions 
will expire on the earlier of such earliest date or the date of the optionee’s death.

The following table presents information regarding qualified and non-qualified stock options outstanding at December 31, 2007:

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Range of
Exercise
Prices

Number 
Outstanding
at 12/31/07

Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life

Weighted-Average 
Exercise
Price

Number 
Exercisable
at 12/31/07

Weighted-Average 
Exercise
Price

Qualified

Non-Qualified

$6.94–14.60

445,557

6.94–26.94

1,319,133

2.28 years

2.25 years

$10.87

  12.85

349,105

1,183,281

$11.09

  12.22

Director NQSOs expire five years from the date of the grant and become exercisable in four annual installments, starting one year 
from the date of the grant, or upon the earlier death or disability of the grantee. Employee stock options generally expire ten years 
from the date of the grant and vest one year from the date of grant. Although, if necessary to qualify to the maximum extent pos-
sible as ISOs, these options become exercisable in annual installments. Employee stock options which become exercisable over a 
period of more than one year are generally subject to earlier exercisability upon the termination of the grantee’s employment for 
any reason more than one year following grant. Amounts received upon exercise of options are recorded as common stock and 
capital surplus. The tax benefit received by the Company upon exercise of a NQSO is credited to capital surplus.

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the follow-
ing assumptions:

Years Ended December 31,

Dividend yield

Volatility

Expected term

Non-Qualified (Directors)

Non-Qualified (Officers)

Risk-free interest rate

2007

4.22%

29%

—

5 years

4.46%

2006

3.90%

33%

5 years

N/A

5.10%

2005

3.31%

25%

5 years

5 years

4.59%

P A G E   6 6

The risk-free interest rate is based on the 5-year U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant. The dividend yield reflects the 
Company’s actual dividend yield at the date of grant. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s 
stock over the 5-year period prior to the grant date. The weighted average expected life represents the weighted average period 
of  time  that  options  granted  are  expected  to  be  outstanding  giving  consideration  to  vesting  schedules  and  the  Company’s 
historical exercise patterns. Compensation cost is recognized, net of estimated forfeitures, over the vesting period of the options 
on a straight-line basis.

Under  the  provisions  of  SFAS  No.  123R,  the  Company  recorded  compensation  expense  of  $114,021  and  $23,157  during  the 
years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. As of December 31, 2007, the total remaining unrecognized compensa-
tion cost related to stock options granted under the Company’s plan was $475,646, which is expected to be recognized over a 
weighted-average vesting period of 3.8 years.

Restricted Stock
On February 6, 2002, 60,000 shares of restricted stock were awarded from Treasury shares. The fair value was $27.56 per share. 
These awards vested over a four-year period at the rate of 25% per year.

The plan calls for the forfeiture of non-vested shares which are restored to the Treasury and become available for future awards. 
During 2007, 2006 and 2005, there were no shares forfeited. Unearned compensation resulting from these awards was amor-
tized as a charge to compensation expense over a four-year period; such charges were $-0-, $22,007 and $269,205 in 2007, 
2006 and 2005, respectively. For income tax purposes, the Company is entitled to a deduction in an amount equal to the aver-
age market value of the shares on vesting date and dividends paid on shares for which restrictions have not lapsed.

NOTE 17.

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Retirement Plans
The Company has a noncontributory, tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan that covers the majority of employees with one 
or more years of service of at least 1,000 hours, who are at least 21 years of age. The benefits are based upon years of credited 
service, primary social security benefits and a participant’s highest average compensation as defined. The funding requirements 
for the plan are determined annually based upon the amount needed to satisfy the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 
1974  funding  standards.  The  Company  also  has  a  noncontributory,  supplemental  non-qualified,  non-funded  retirement  plan 
which is designed to supplement the pension plan for key officers.

In November 2006, the Company amended its tax-qualified defined benefit plan to limit eligibility for participation to employ-
ees initially hired prior to January 2, 2006. All other provisions of the plan remain unchanged.

P A G E   6 7

The following tables, using a December 31 measurement date for each period presented, set forth the disclosures required for 
pension benefits:

At or For the Years Ended December 31,

CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION

2007

2006

Benefit obligation at beginning of year (Projected Benefit Obligation)

$ 46,489,890

$ 40,950,221

Service cost

Interest cost

Amendments

Actuarial (gain) loss

Benefits paid

Benefit obligation at end of year

CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS

Fair value of assets at beginning of year

Actual return on plan assets

Employer contributions

Benefits paid

Fair value of assets at end of year

Funded status

AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS CONSIST OF:

Pension liability

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax)

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED TO DETERMINE THE BENEFIT OBLIGATION:

1,953,454

2,684,867

—

(319,290)

(1,187,647)

1,793,388

2,402,580

(4,847)

2,378,548

(1,030,000)

$ 49,621,274

$ 46,489,890

$ 27,301,789

$ 25,916,574

951,985

3,000,000

(1,187,647)

1,415,215

1,000,000

(1,030,000)

$ 30,066,127

$ 27,301,789

$ (19,555,147)

$ (19,188,101)

$ (19,555,147)

$ (19,188,101)

17,818,033

18,356,412

Discount Rate

Rate of Compen-
sation Increase

2007

2006

2007

2006

6.00% 5.75%
6.00

5.75

3.00% 3.00%

3.00

3.00

Defined benefit pension plan

Supplemental retirement plan

Years Ended December 31,

COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC COST

Service cost

Interest cost

Expected return on plan assets

Amortization of prior service cost

Recognized actuarial loss

Total

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED TO 

DETERMINE NET PERIODIC COST:
Defined benefit pension plan
Supplemental retirement plan

2007

2006

2005

$ 1,953,454

$ 1,793,388

$ 1,639,935

2,684,867

(2,369,111)

98,757

1,537,458

2,402,580

(2,187,694)

75,665

1,327,997

2,208,395

(1,885,206)

77,322

1,022,125

$ 3,905,425

$ 3,411,936

$ 3,062,571

Discount Rate

Expected Return 
on Plan Assets

Rate of Compensation 
Increase

2007

2006

2005

2007

2006

2005

2007

2006

2005

5.75% 5.75% 6.00% 8.50% 8.50% 8.50% 3.00% 3.00% 3.00%
5.75

3.00

3.00

6.00

3.00

5.75

N/A

N/A

N/A

P A G E   6 8

To determine the expected return on plan assets, we consider historical return information on plan assets, the mix of investments 
that comprise plan assets and the actual income derived from plan assets.

The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plan at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $29,319,162 and 
$27,826,055, respectively.

The tables presented on the previous page and above include the supplemental retirement plan which is an unfunded plan. The 
following information is presented regarding the supplemental retirement plan:

December 31,

Projected benefit obligation
Accumulated benefit obligation 

2007

2006

$ 17,377,920
17,322,531

$15,888,561
15,804,760

The following table sets forth information regarding the assets of the defined benefit pension plan:

December 31, 

U.S. government corporation and agency debt obligations
Corporate debt obligation
Common equity securities 
Other 

Total

2007

  16%
  20
  58
    6

100%

2006

  18%
  16
  52
  14

100%

The  defined  benefit  pension  plan  owns  common  stock  of  Sterling  Bancorp  which  is  included  in  common  equity  securities 
above.  At  December  31,  2007,  the  value  of  Sterling  Bancorp  common  stock  was  $942,278  and  represented  approximately 
5%  of  plan  assets.  At  December  31,  2006,  the  value  of  Sterling  Bancorp  common  stock  was  $1,360,915  and  represented 
approximately 5% of plan assets.

The overall strategy of the Pension Plan Investment Policy is to have a diverse portfolio that reasonably spans established risk/
return levels and preserves liquidity. The strategy allows for a moderate risk approach in order to achieve greater long-term asset 
growth. The asset mix can vary but is targeted at 50% equity securities, inclusive of up to 10% in Sterling Bancorp common stock, 
25% in corporate obligations and 25% in federal and agency obligations. The money market position will vary but will generally 
be held under 5%. The Plan’s allocation to common stock, excluding shares of Sterling Bancorp, will represent investment in those 
companies from time to time comprising the growth and value Model Portfolio as advised by the trustee’s investment advisor.

The Company expects to contribute approximately $2,000,000 to the defined benefit pension plan in 2008.

The  following  table  presents  benefit  payments  expected  to  be  paid,  based  on  the  assumption  described  below,  including  the 
effect of expected future service for the years indicated.

Year(s)

2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
Years 2013–2017

Defined 
Benefit Plan

$  1,419,555
1,491,944
1,679,425
1,875,726
2,035,923
12,810,826

Supplemental 
Retirement Plan

Total
Benefit Payments

$       22,259
17,315,038
21,963
21,790
21,599
198,860

$  1,141,814
18,806,982
1,701,388
1,897,516
2,057,522
13,009,686

The cash flows shown above are based on the assumptions used in the annual actuarial valuations of the Defined Benefit Plan. 
The Supplemental Retirement Plan column is computed assuming that any executive who has reached the age upon which full 
retirement  is  assumed  for  actuarial  purposes,  actually  retires  in  the  current  year.  However,  if  such  an  executive  does  not 
actually retire in the current year, the obligation will be deferred until a later year. We are not aware of any senior executives 
who have near-term plans to retire.

P A G E   6 9

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, pre-tax, as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 follow:

Qualified Pension Plan

Supplemental 
Retirement Plan

Total

2007

2006

2007

2006

2007

2006

Net actuarial loss
Prior service cost

Total

$11,476,482
232,114

$11,584,700
304,521

$6,036,569
72,868

$6,367,973
99,218

$17,513,051
304,982

$17,952,673
403,739

$11,708,596

$11,889,221

$6,109,437

$6,467,191

$17,818,033

$18,356,412

The  estimated  costs  that  will  be  amortized  from  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  into  net  periodic  cost  over  the  next 
fiscal year are as follows:

Net actuarial loss
Prior service cost

Total

Qualified Pension Plan

2007

$916,905
48,919

$965,824

2006

$852,357
72,407

$924,764

Supplemental 
Retirement Plan

Total

2007

$477,642
17,650

$495,292

2006

$477,912
26,348

$504,260

2007

2006

$1,394,547
66,569

$1,330,269
98,755

$1,461,116

$1,429,024

Savings Plans
As of January 1, 2008, the Company merged its two 401(k) plans into one plan (“new plan”). Eligible employees must complete 
1,000 hours of service in order to be eligible for the Company matching contributions. Participants in the new plan eligible for 
Company matching contributions include any employee hired after January 1, 2006 and employees of two subsidiaries of the 
bank. Eligible employees may enroll in the new plan on the first day of the month after hire. The Company matches 25% of the 
eligible employee’s contribution to the plan based on the amount of each participant’s contributions, up to the Internal Revenue 
Service  maximum  contribution  limit.  All  participants  may  immediately  invest  their  individual  contributions,  as  well  as  any 
Company  matching  contribution,  in  any  of  a  variety  of  investment  alternatives  offered  under  the  new  plan.  Expenses  for 
employer match related to the new plan totaled $238,508 in 2007.

Prior to 2008, the Company maintained two 401(k) plans. One was maintained for the employees of Sterling National Bank 
and certain affiliates (“the bank 401(k) Plan”) and the other for the employees of two subsidiaries of the bank (“the subsidiary 
401(k) Plan”).

The bank 401(k) Plan—The Company maintained a 401(k) plan that permitted each participant to make before-tax contribu-
tions  up  to  20%  of  eligible  compensation  and  subject  to  dollar  limits  from  Internal  Revenue  Service  regulations.  Eligible 
employees were able to enroll in the 401(k) plan on the first day of the month after hire. Employees hired after January 1, 2006 
were required to complete 1,000 hours of service in order to be eligible for the Company’s matching contributions. Employees 
who were hired prior to January 1, 2006 were included in the Company’s pension plan and were not eligible for the Company 
match, however they were able to make before-tax contributions as outlined above. Prior to January 2007, the Company did not 
match any employee contributions. Employees were able to immediately invest their individual contribution in any of a variety 
of investment alternatives offered under the bank 401(k) Plan.

The subsidiary 401(k) Plan—Prior to January 1, 2008, the Company maintained a 401(k) plan that permitted each participant 
to make before-tax contributions up to 20% of eligible compensation and subject to dollar limits from Internal Revenue Service 
regulations. Eligible employees were able to enroll in the 401(k) plan during the open enrollment twice a year after completing 
1,000 hours of service and were eligible for the Company’s matching contributions at that time. Employees who were included 
in the Company’s pension plan were not eligible for the Company match, however they were able to make before-tax contribu-
tions as outlined above. The Company matched 25% of the employee’s contribution to the plan based on the amount of each 
participant’s contributions, up to a maximum of 20% eligible compensation. Employees were able to immediately invest their 
individual contribution, as well as the Company’s matching portion, in any of a variety of investment alternatives offered under 
the subsidiary 401(k) Plan. Expense for employer match related to the plan totaled $130,692 in 2006 and $142,645 in 2005.

Postretirement Life Insurance Benefits
The Company currently provides life insurance benefits to certain officers. The coverage provided depends upon years of service 
with  the  Company  and  the  employee’s  date  of  retirement.  The  Company’s  plan  for  its  postretirement  benefit  obligation  is 
unfunded. The Company’s postretirement obligations are not material. Net postretirement benefit cost was $61,230, $92,445 
and $90,000 for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

P A G E   7 0

NOTE 18.

INCOME TAXES

The current and deferred tax provisions (benefits) applicable to income from continuing operations for each of the last three 
fiscal years are as follows:

Years Ended December 31,

FEDERAL
Current
Deferred

Total

STATE AND LOCAL

Current
Deferred

Total

TOTAL

Current
Deferred

Total

2007

2006

2005

$ 8,285,967
(535,747)

$  5,796,596
4,683,135

$ 14,778,873
(3,455,130)

$ 7,750,220

$10,479,731

$ 11,323,743

$ 1,271,020
(461,135)

$ (5,371,344)
258,421

$ 

894,893
891,311

$  809,885

$ (5,112,923)

$  1,786,204

$ 9,556,987
(996,882)

$ 

425,252
4,941,556

$ 15,673,766
(2,563,819)

$ 8,560,105

$  5,366,808

$ 13,109,947

Reconciliations of income tax provisions with taxes computed at Federal statutory rates are as follows:

Years Ended December 31,

Federal statutory rate

Computed tax based on income from continuing operations
Increase (Decrease) in tax resulting from:

State and local taxes, net of Federal income tax benefit
Tax-exempt income
Other permanent items

Total

2007

2006

2005

35%

35%

35%

$ 8,383,904

$  9,227,937

$ 12,800,430

526,426
(645,994)
295,769

(3,323,400)
(718,718)
180,989

1,161,032
(878,404)
26,889

$ 8,560,105

$  5,366,808

$ 13,109,947

The components of the net deferred tax asset, included in other assets, are as follows:

December 31,

Deferred tax assets

Difference between financial statement provision for loan losses and tax bad debt deduction
Pension and benefit plans
SFAS No. 115 deferred tax asset
Other

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Difference between tax and net book values of fixed assets
Other

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax asset

2007

2006

$  6,813,638
8,060,802
867,253
2,597,022

$  7,353,129
8,297,800
1,467,962
2,535,421

18,338,715

19,654,312

703,768
744,987

361,012
2,562,933

1,448,755

2,923,945

$ 16,889,960

$16,730,367

Based on management’s consideration of historical and anticipated future pre-tax income, as well as the reversal period for the 
items giving rise to the deferred tax assets and liabilities, a valuation allowance for deferred assets was not considered necessary 
at December 31, 2007 and 2006 since it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized.

The current tax payable as of December 31, 2007 was approximately $2,119,000. The current tax receivable as of December 31, 
2006 was approximately $4,872,000.

The adoption of FIN 48 did not affect the Company’s financial position.

P A G E   7 1

A  reconciliation  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2007 follows:

Year Ended December 31,

Balance at January 1
Reductions for tax positions of prior years

Balance at December 31

2007

$ 1,075,426
(577,570)

$  497,856

The  balance  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  at  December  31, 
2007, before the impact of federal and state taxes, relates to 
the  taxation  of  certain  income  items,  all  of  which  would 
affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized and are 
expected to be realized in 2008.

The Company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecog-
nized  tax  benefits  and  penalties  in  noninterest  operating 
expenses.  At  December  31,  2007,  the  consolidated  balance 
sheet  included  accrued  interest  related  to  unrecognized  tax 
benefits  of  $148,391  and  the  consolidated  statement  of 
income included a credit for interest expense of $86,253.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal 
income  tax  as  well  as  income  tax  of  multiple  state  jurisdic-
tions.  The  Company’s  federal  income  tax  returns  for  2002 
through 2006 are currently either under examination or sub-
ject  to  examination.  The  Company’s  New  York  State  and 
New  York  City  tax  returns  for  years  prior  to  2003  are  no 
longer subject to examination.

NOTE 19.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic EPS has been computed using the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted EPS reflect the dilutive effect of unexercised stock options using the treasury stock method. When applying the treasury 
stock method, the average price of the Company’s common stock is utilized.

Earnings per common share have been computed based on the following:

Years Ended December 31,

Net income from continuing operations available to common shareholders
(Loss) income from discontinued operations
Loss on sale of discontinued operations

Net income available to common shareholders

Weighted average number of common shares used to calculate basic earnings per common share

  Dilutive effect of stock options

Weighted average number of common shares used to calculate 

diluted earnings per common share

2007

2006

2005

$15,393,906
(795,034)
—

$20,998,725
(603,753)
(9,634,911)

$23,462,709
564,116
—

$14,598,872

$10,760,061

$24,026,825

18,209,740
321,806

18,734,610
530,483

19,164,498
598,854

18,531,546

19,265,093

19,763,352

Options  issued  with  exercise  prices  greater  than  the  average 
market  price  of  the  common  shares  for  each  of  the  years 
ended  December  31,  2007,  2006  and  2005  have  not  been 
included  in  computation  of  diluted  EPS  for  those  respective 
years. As of December 31, 2007, 384,147 options to purchase 
shares  between  $17.73  and  $26.94  were  not  included;  as  of 
December  31,  2006,  223,111  options  to  purchase  shares 
at prices between $19.50 and $26.94 were not included; as of 
December  31,  2005,  121,275  options  to  purchase  shares  at 
prices between $21.93 and $26.94 were not included.

NOTE 20.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

SFAS  No.  107,  Disclosures  about  Fair  Value  of  Financial 
Instru ments,  requires  the  Company  to  disclose  the  “fair 

value” of certain financial instruments for which it is practi-
cal to estimate “fair value.”

Much  of  the  information  used  to  arrive  at  “fair  value”  is 
highly subjective and judgmental in nature and therefore the 
results  may  not  be  precise.  The  subjective  factors  include, 
among  other  things,  estimated  cash  flows,  risk  characteris-
tics, credit quality and interest rates, all of which are subject 
to  change.  With  the  exception  of  investment  securities  and 
long-term debt, the Company’s financial instruments are not 
readily  marketable  and  market  prices  do  not  exist.  Since 
negotiated  prices  for  the  instruments  that  are  not  readily 
marketable  depend  greatly  on  the  motivation  of  the  buyer 
and seller, the amounts that will actually be realized or paid 
per settlement or maturity of these instruments could be sig-
nificantly different.

P A G E   7 2

The following disclosures represent the Company’s best esti-
mate of the “fair value” of financial instruments.

Financial Instruments with Carrying Amount Equal 
to Fair Value
The  carrying  amount  of  cash  and  due  from  banks,  interest-
bearing  deposits  with  other  banks,  Federal  funds  sold,  cus-
tomers’  liabilities  under  acceptances,  accrued  interest 
receivable,  Federal  funds  purchased,  securities  sold  under 
agreements  to  repurchase,  commercial  paper,  other  short-
term borrowings, acceptances outstanding, and accrued inter-
est payable, as a result of their short-term nature, is considered 
to approximate fair value.

Investment Securities
For investment securities, fair value has been based upon cur-
rent  market  quotations,  where  available.  If  quoted  market 
prices  are  not  available,  fair  value  has  been  estimated  based 
upon the quoted price of similar instruments.

Loans Held in Portfolio
The fair value of loans held in portfolio which reprice within 90 
days reflecting changes in the base rate approximate their car-
rying amount. For other loans held in portfolio, the estimated 
fair value is calculated based on discounted cash flow analyses, 
using interest rates currently being offered for loans with sim-
ilar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality and for similar 
maturities.  These  calculations  have  been  adjusted  for  credit 
risk based on the Company’s historical credit loss experience.

The estimated fair value for secured nonaccrual loans is the 
value of the underlying collateral which is sufficient to repay 

each  loan.  For  other  nonaccrual  loans,  the  estimated  fair 
value represents book value less a credit risk adjustment based 
on the Company’s historical credit loss experience.

Deposits
SFAS  No.  107  requires  that  the  fair  value  of  demand,  sav-
ings,  NOW  (negotiable  order  of  withdrawal)  and  certain 
money  mar ket  deposits  be  equal  to  their  carrying  amount. 
The  Company  believes  that  the  fair  value  of  these  deposits, 
including  the  value  of  deposit  relationships,  is  greater  than 
that prescribed by SFAS No. 107.

For other types of deposits with fixed maturities, fair value has 
been estimated based upon interest rates currently being offered 
on deposits with similar characteristics and maturities.

Long-Term Debt
For  long-term  borrowings,  the  estimated  fair  value  is  calcu-
lated  based  on  discounted  cash  flow  analyses,  using  interest 
rates currently being quoted for debt with similar characteris-
tics and maturities.

Commitments to Extend Credit, Standby Letters of Credit 
and Financial Guarantees
The fees received for the issuance of commitments to extend 
credit, standby letters of credit, and financial guarantees, are 
considered to approximate fair value. Due to the uncertainty 
involved in attempting to assess the likelihood and timing of 
a  commitment  being  drawn  upon,  coupled  with  lack  of  an 
established  market  and  the  wide  diversity  of  fee  structures, 
the Company does not believe it is meaningful to provide an 
estimate of fair value that differs from the notional value of 
consideration received.

The following is a summary of the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities:

December 31,

2007

2006

Carrying 
Amount

Estimated Fair 
Value

Carrying 
Amount

Estimated Fair 
Value

FINANCIAL ASSETS

Cash and due from banks
Interest-bearing deposits with other banks
Federal funds sold
Investment securities
Loans held for sale
Loans held in portfolio, net
Customers’ liability under acceptances
Accrued interest receivable

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Demand, NOW, savings and money market deposits
Time deposits
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Federal funds purchased
Commercial paper
Short-term borrowings—FHLB
Other short-term borrowings
Acceptances outstanding
Accrued interest payable
Long-term borrowings

$ 

66,412,612
979,984
—
625,241,417
23,755,906
1,172,039,209
200,942
7,081,304

1,013,959,470
513,026,709
70,253,947
65,000,000
20,878,494
45,000,000
4,285,198
200,942
3,570,858
65,774,000

P A G E   7 3

$ 

66,412,612
979,984
—
623,105,578
23,755,906
1,189,562,000
200,942
7,081,304

1,013,959,470
513,179,408
70,253,947
65,000,000
20,878,494
45,000,000
4,285,198
200,942
3,570,858
65,438,035

$ 

50,058,593
1,261,187
20,000,000
569,324,317
33,319,789
1,096,313,646
98,399
5,844,868

1,004,881,046
517,149,377
52,802,796
—
27,561,567
—
3,411,630
98,399
3,309,821
45,774,000

$ 

50,058,593
1,261,187
20,000,000
560,071,577
33,319,789
1,092,574,791
98,399
5,844,868

1,004,881,046
516,920,978
52,802,796
—
27,561,567
—
3,411,630
98,399
3,309,821
44,080,523

NOTE 21.

CAPITAL MATTERS

The Company and the bank are subject to risk-based capital regulations which quantitatively measure capital against risk-weighted 
assets, including certain off-balance sheet items. These regulations define the elements of the Tier 1 and Tier 2 components of Total 
Capital and establish minimum ratios of 4% for Tier 1 capital and 8% for Total Capital for capital adequacy purposes. Sup ple-
menting these regulations is a leverage requirement. This requirement establishes a minimum leverage ratio (at least 3% or 4%, 
depending upon an institution’s regulatory status), which is calculated by dividing Tier 1 capital by adjusted quarterly average 
assets (after deducting goodwill). In addition, the bank is subject to the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation 
Improvement  Act  of  1991  (“FDICIA”)  which  imposes  a  number  of  mandatory  supervisory  measures.  Among  other  matters, 
FDICIA established five capital categories ranging from “well capitalized” to “critically undercapitalized.” Such classifications 
are used by regulatory agencies to determine a bank’s deposit insurance premium, approval of applications authorizing institu-
tions  to  increase  their  asset  size  or  otherwise  expand  business  activities  or  acquire  other  institutions.  Under  FDICIA  a  “well 
capitalized”  bank  must  maintain  minimum  leverage,  Tier  1  and  Total  Capital  ratios  of  5%,  6%  and  10%,  respectively.  The 
Federal  Reserve  Board  applies  comparable  tests  for  holding  companies  such  as  the  Company.  At  December  31,  2007,  the 
Company and the bank exceeded the requirements for “well capitalized” institutions.

The following tables present information regarding the Company’s and the bank’s regulatory capital ratios:

As of December 31, 2007

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Actual

For Capital Adequacy Minimum

To Be Well Capitalized

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):

The Company
The bank

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):

The Company
The bank

Tier 1 Leverage Capital (to Average Assets):

The Company
The bank

As of December 31, 2006

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):

The Company
The bank

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets):

The Company
The bank

Tier 1 Leverage Capital (to Average Assets):

The Company
The bank

(dollars in thousands)

$ 149,014
147,442

10.87%
10.77

$ 109,706
109,507

8.00%
8.00

$ 137,133
136,884

10.00%
10.00

133,785
132,213

133,785
132,213

9.76
9.66

6.88
6.79

54,853
54,753

77,835
77,943

4.00
4.00

4.00
4.00

82,280
82,130

97,294
97,429

6.00
6.00

5.00
5.00

$ 162,232
138,651

12.74%
11.00

$ 102,299
101,288

8.00%
8.00

$ 127,874
126,610

10.00%
10.00

146,244
122,819

11.49
9.75

146,244
122,819

7.82
6.60

51,150
50,644

75,131
74,788

4.00
4.00

4.00
4.00

76,725
75,966

93,913
93,485

6.00
6.00

5.00
5.00

P A G E   7 4

NOTE 22.

SEGMENT REPORTING

SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, establishes standards for the way infor-
mation  about  operating  segments  is  reported  in  annual  financial  statements  and  establishes  standards  for  related  disclosures 
about an enterprise’s products and services, geographic areas, and major customers.

The Company provides a broad range of financial products and services, including commercial loans, commercial and residential 
mortgage  lending  and  brokerage,  asset-based  financing,  factoring/accounts  receivable  management  services,  trade  financing, 
equipment leasing, corporate and consumer deposit services, trust and estate administration and investment management services. 
The Company’s primary source of earnings is net interest income, which represents the difference between interest earned on 
interest-earning  assets  and  the  interest  incurred  on  interest-bearing  liabilities.  The  Company’s  2007  average  interest-earning 
assets  were  64.5%  loans  (corporate  lending  was  68.6%  and  real  estate  lending  was  26.8%  of  total  loans,  respectively)  and 
35.3% investment securities and money market investments. There were no industry concentrations (exceeding 10% of loans, 
gross)  in  the  corporate  loan  portfolio.  Approximately  72%  of  loans  are  to  borrowers  located  in  the  New  York  metropolitan 
area. In order to comply with the provisions of SFAS No. 131, the Company has determined that it has three reportable operating 
segments: corporate lending, real estate lending and company-wide treasury.

The following table provides certain information regarding the Company’s operating segments:

Year Ended December 31, 2007

Net interest income
Noninterest income
Depreciation and amortization
Segment income from continuing operations 

before income taxes

Segment loss from discontinued operations 

before income taxes

Segment assets from continuing operations

Year Ended December 31, 2006

Net interest income
Noninterest income
Depreciation and amortization
Segment income from continuing operations 

before income taxes

Segment loss from discontinued operations 

before income taxes

Segment assets from continuing operations
Segment assets from discontinued operations

Year Ended December 31, 2005

Net interest income
Noninterest income
Depreciation and amortization
Segment income from continuing operations 

Corporate
Lending

Real Estate
Lending

Company-wide
Treasury

Totals

$  27,504,459
22,954,539
702,221

$  21,088,858
9,207,095
364,330

$  24,261,323
1,615,878
2,577

$ 

72,854,640
33,777,512
1,069,128

19,150,368

14,861,571

23,315,069

57,327,008

(1,306,865)
827,389,487

—
382,561,159

—
770,885,839

(1,306,865)
1,980,836,485

$  35,262,677
20,339,968
628,535

$  21,470,915
10,031,131
393,063

$  16,791,484
965,738
2,458

$ 

73,525,076
31,336,837
1,024,056

25,227,358

13,517,899

15,492,347

54,237,604

(982,392)
750,698,220
1,662,697

—
371,762,040
—

—
738,348,258
—

(982,392)
1,860,808,518
1,662,697

$  31,299,679
12,428,528
390,450

$  21,740,851
16,809,178
403,086

$  21,461,800
2,195,149
2,454

$ 

74,502,330
31,432,855
795,990

before income taxes

19,351,879

20,031,035

22,929,744

62,312,658

Segment income from discontinued operations 

before income taxes

Segment assets from continuing operations
Segment assets from discontinued operations

1,040,882
694,617,210
116,250,231

—
351,195,939
—

—
864,164,967
—

1,040,882
1,909,978,116
116,250,231

P A G E   7 5

The following table sets forth reconciliations of net interest income, noninterest income, pre-tax income from continuing opera-
tions and total assets for reportable operating segments to the Company’s consolidated totals:

Years Ended December 31,

Net interest income:

Total for reportable operating segments
Other[1]

2007

2006

2005

$ 

72,854,640
1,037,352

$ 

73,525,076
1,039,590

$ 

74,502,330
922,457

Consolidated net interest income

$ 

73,891,992

$ 

74,564,666

$ 

75,424,787

Noninterest income:

Total for reportable operating segments
Other[1]

Consolidated noninterest income

Income from continuing operations before income taxes:

Total for reportable operating segments
Other[1]

Consolidated income/loss from continuing operations 
  before income taxes

Assets:

Total for reportable operating segments—continuing operations

—discontinued operations

Other[1]

Consolidated assets

$ 

33,777,512
1,946,345

$ 

31,336,837
2,321,492

$ 

31,432,855
2,583,543

$ 

35,723,857

$ 

33,658,329

$ 

34,016,398

$ 

57,327,008
(33,372,997)

$ 

54,237,604
(27,872,071)

$ 

62,312,658
(25,740,002)

$ 

23,954,011

$ 

26,365,533

$ 

36,572,656

$ 1,980,836,485
—
31,812,298

$ 1,860,808,518
1,662,697
23,486,071

$ 1,909,978,116
116,250,231
29,814,139

$ 2,012,648,783

$ 1,885,957,286

$ 2,056,042,486

[1]  Represents operations not considered to be a reportable segment and/or general operating expenses of the Company.

NOTE 23.

PARENT COMPANY

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31,

ASSETS

Cash and due from banks

    Banking subsidiary

    Other banks

Interest-bearing deposits—banking subsidiary

Securities available for sale (at estimated fair value)

Loans, net of unearned discount

Investment in subsidiaries

2007

2006

$  4,336,453

$  15,963,288

3,730

15,391,821

248,060

4,800,250

1,230

30,367,015

66,049

4,800,250

    Banking subsidiary (including goodwill of $22,900,912 and $22,862,051, respectively)

147,700,620

137,231,518

    Other subsidiaries

Other assets

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Commercial paper

Due to subsidiaries

    Other subsidiaries

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

Junior subordinated debt (see Note 11)
Shareholders’ equity

11,530,711

10,987,721

11,981,127

11,326,937

$ 194,999,366

$ 211,737,414

$  20,878,494

$  27,561,567

1,045,327

26,231,268

25,774,000

121,070,277

995,870

25,143,206

25,774,000
132,262,771

$ 194,999,366

$ 211,737,414

P A G E   7 6

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Years Ended December 31,

INCOME

Dividends and interest from

    Banking subsidiary

    Other subsidiaries

    Loans

    Securities available for sale

Other income

        Total income

EXPENSE

Interest expense

Other expenses

    Total expense

Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed net income (loss) 

   of subsidiaries

Benefit for income taxes

2007

2006

2005

$ 10,063,533

$ 20,088,150

$ 22,588,819

—

251,868

2,068

20,359

1,327,891

1,270,190

—

5,129

1,396

—

2,863

21,187

10,337,828

21,422,566

23,883,059

3,535,667

3,707,035

4,203,131

5,187,090

3,138,978

4,865,828

7,242,702

9,390,221

8,004,806

3,095,126

(2,521,438)

12,032,345

(3,424,488)

15,878,253

(2,982,742)

5,616,564

15,456,833

18,860,995

Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of

    Banking subsidiary (net of (loss)/income on discontinued operations of $(126,242),

        $(242,803) and $123,939, respectively)

9,432,725

5,202,425

4,648,066

    Other subsidiaries (net of (loss)/income on discontinued operations of $(668,792),

        $(9,995,861) and $440,177, respectively)

(450,417)

(9,899,197)

517,764

Net income

$ 14,598,872

$ 10,760,061

$ 24,026,825

P A G E   7 7

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years Ended December 31,

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    Net income

     Adjustments to reconcile net income to

  net cash provided by operating activities:

            Amortization of unearned compensation

            Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities

            Equity in undistributed net loss (income) of subsidiaries

            Decrease (Increase) in other assets

            Other, net

2007

2006

2005

$ 14,598,872

$ 10,760,061

$ 24,026,825

—

1,088,062

(8,982,308)

348,840

(249,074)

22,007

10,006,962

4,696,772

(5,192,190)

(339,605)

269,205

2,637,645

(5,165,830)

(568,292)

(719,643)

                Net cash provided by operating activities

6,804,392

19,954,007

20,479,910

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    Net decrease (increase) in interest-bearing deposits—banking subsidiary

14,975,194

(29,725,025)

(251,681)

    Purchase of securities available for sale

    Increase in loans
    Increase in due to subsidiaries, net

    Decrease (Increase) in due from subsidiaries, net

    Capital contributed to subsidiaries

(191,635)

—

49,457

—

(4,800,250)
933

—

—
1,709

—

—

66,318,091

(12,315,414)

(15,181,649)

— 

                Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

14,833,016

16,612,100

(12,565,386)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    Net (decrease) increase in commercial paper

    Cash dividends paid on common shares

    Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    Purchase of treasury shares

(6,683,073)

(10,629,449)

12,199,978

(13,755,127)

(14,216,097)

(14,035,197)

798,117

1,338,013

2,701,565

(13,621,660)

(5,831,017)

(10,507,293)

    Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares in connection with stock dividend/split

—

—

(25,113)

                Net cash used in financing activities

(33,261,743)

(29,338,550)

(9,666,060)

Net (decrease) increase in cash and due from banks

Cash and due from banks—beginning of year

(11,624,335)

15,964,518

7,227,557

8,736,961

(1,751,536)

10,488,497

Cash and due from banks—end of year

$  4,340,183

$ 15,964,518

$  8,736,961

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    Interest paid

    Income taxes paid

$  3,493,180

$  4,233,098

$  3,057,648

2,082,983

3,175,881

15,305,000

P A G E   7 8

NOTE 24.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Total rental expenses under cancelable and noncancelable leases for premises and equipment were $4,783,441, $4,833,664 and 
$4,104,536 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which are net of rental income for a sublease 
of $192,777, $190,702 and $177,303 for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

The future minimum rental commitments as of December 31, 2007 under noncancelable leases follow:

Year(s)

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013 and thereafter

Total

Rental
Commitments

$  4,018,454

3,710,651

2,829,911

2,179,157

2,038,575

7,191,862

$21,968,610

Certain  leases  included  above  have  escalation  clauses  and/or  provide  that  the  Company  pay  maintenance,  electric,  taxes  and 
other operating expenses applicable to the leased property.

In the normal course of business, there are various commitments and contingent liabilities outstanding which are properly 
not recorded on the balance sheet. Management does not anticipate that losses, if any, as a result of these transactions would 
materially affect the financial position of the Company.

Loan commitments, approximately 70% of which have an original maturity of one year or less, were approximately $50,551,000 
as of December 31, 2007. These commitments are agreements to lend to a customer as long as the conditions established in the 
contract are met. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of 
a fee. The total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements because some of the commitments 
are expected to expire without being drawn upon. The bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. 
The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, by the bank upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit 
evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies but may include cash, U.S. Treasury and other marketable securities, accounts 
receivable, inventory and property, plant and equipment.

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, substantially all of which are within the scope of FIN No. 45, are written 
conditional commitments issued by the bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. At December 31, 2007, 
these  commitments  totaled  $40,215,687  of  which  $33,806,307  expire  within  one  year  and  $6,409,380  within  two  years. 
Approximately 84% of the commitments are automatically renewable for a period of one year. The credit risk involved in issu-
ing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The bank holds cash or cash 
equivalents and marketable securities as collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary. The 
extent of collateral held for those commitments at December 31, 2007 ranged from 0% to 100%; the average amount collateral-
ized was approximately 91%.

In the normal course of business there are various legal proceedings pending against the Company. Management, after consulting 
with counsel, is of the opinion that there should be no material liability with respect to such proceedings, and accordingly no 
provision has been made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

P A G E   7 9

NOTE 25.

QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

2007 Quarter

Mar 31

Jun 30

Sept 30

Dec 31

Total interest income[1]
Total interest expense[1]
Net interest income[1]
Provision for loan losses[1]
Net securities (losses)/gains[1]
Noninterest income, excluding securities gains[1]
Noninterest expenses[1]
Income from continuing operations, net of tax

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net income

Income from continuing operations, net of tax, 

  per average common share:

  Basic
  Diluted

Net income per average common share:

Basic

Diluted

Common stock closing price:

High

Low

Quarter-end

$ 29,106,448

$ 29,925,842

$ 31,242,792

$ 31,176,879

11,603,823

17,502,625

1,250,000

—

9,229,296

19,683,750

3,571,673

(91,971)

3,479,702

11,720,140

18,205,702

1,078,332

(2,001)

9,053,512

20,228,031

3,791,438

71,252

3,862,690

12,142,153

19,100,639

2,125,000

(1,075)

7,813,099

19,421,788

3,841,057

(774,315)

3,066,742

0.19

0.19

0.19

0.18

19.75

17.55

18.10

0.21

0.20

0.21

0.20

18.15

15.24

16.03

0.21

0.21

0.17

0.17

16.12

13.65

14.00

12,093,853

19,083,026

1,399,998

191,442

9,439,584

20,474,939

4,189,738

—

4,189,738

0.24

0.23

0.24

0.23

15.15

11.81

13.64

2006 Quarter

Mar 31

Jun 30

Sept 30

Dec 31

$ 27,395,380

$ 29,174,078

$ 29,767,237

$ 30,249,425

Total interest income[1]
Total interest expense[1]
Net interest income[1]
Provision for loan losses[1]
Net securities (losses)/gains[1]
Noninterest income, excluding securities gains[1]
Noninterest expenses[1]
Income from continuing operations, net of tax

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of tax

(Loss)/income on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

9,001,723

18,393,657

1,365,000

(459,497)

6,244,350

18,522,352

6,484,892

(44,759)

—

10,043,086

19,130,992

377,229

14,866

8,990,840

18,805,582

5,382,291

(516,806)

—

Net income/(loss)

6,440,133

4,865,485

Income from continuing operations, net of tax, 

  per average common share:

  Basic

  Diluted

Net income (loss) per average common share:

Basic

Diluted

Common stock closing price:

High

Low
Quarter-end

[1]  Continuing operations.

0.29

0.28

0.26

0.25

21.09

17.48
19.50

0.34

0.33

0.34

0.33

23.15

18.74
20.60

P A G E   8 0

11,275,605

18,491,632

1,510,367

—

9,250,995

19,455,237

5,021,566

150,752

(9,604,166)

(4,431,848)

0.27

0.27

(0.23)

(0.23)

21.14

18.14
19.66

11,701,040

18,548,385

1,250,000

1,514

9,615,261

20,571,695

4,109,976

(192,940)

(30,745)

3,886,291

0.22

0.21

0.20

0.20

19.82

18.55
19.70

NOTE 26.

ADOPTION OF SAB 108

The Company adopted SEC SAB No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements 
in Current Year Financial Statements, effective during the year ended December 31, 2006. Under SAB No. 108, the cumulative 
effect of immaterial misstatements originating in prior years that, if adjusted in the current year, would be immaterial to the 
current year financial statements should be reported in the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities as of the beginning of the 
current year, and the offsetting adjustment should be made to the opening balance of retained earnings for the current year. 
Accordingly, in the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company recorded a cumulative effect adjustment, relating to operating leases, 
of $(589,329) to the beginning balance of retained earnings for 2006. Management considered the prior year misstatements, 
which have been corrected through the cumulative effect adjustment, as immaterial based on management’s historical practice 
of evaluating such misstatements.

The Company’s previous accounting treatment for recognizing occupancy expense related to operating leases arose at the incep-
tion of these leases in 1997. Previously, the Company recorded occupancy expense based on contractual amounts and the tim-
ing  of  actual  payments.  The  Company  revised  its  accounting  for  operating  leases  to  recognize  occupancy  expense  on  a 
straight-line  basis  over  the  lease  term,  which  included  certain  periods  during  which  facilities  were  under  construction.  This 
accounting treatment is in accordance with SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases, and related interpretations. The cumulative 
effect  adjustment  resulted  in  increases  at  January  1,  2006  of  $1,074,241  to  deferred  rent  liability  (in  other  liabilities)  and 
$484,912 to deferred tax assets (in other assets).

P A G E   8 1

R E P O R T   O F   I N D E P E N D E N T   R E G I S T E R E D   P U B L I C   A C C O U N T I N G   F I R M

The Shareholders and Board of Directors
Sterling Bancorp:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sterling Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 
2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows 
for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, and the consolidated statements of condition of Sterling 
National Bank and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibil-
ity of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based 
on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). 
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial state-
ments  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  An  audit  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and 
 disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates 
made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a 
 reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position 
of Sterling Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows 
for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, and the financial position of Sterling National Bank and 
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As  discussed  in  Note  26  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  in  2006  the  Company  adopted  SEC  Staff  Accounting 
Bulletin  No.  108,  “Considering  the  Effects  of  Prior  Year  Misstatements  when  Quantifying  Misstatements  in  Current  Year 
Financial Statements.”

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
Sterling Bancorp and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria estab-
lished  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission  (COSO),  and  our  report  dated  March  14,  2008,  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP
New York, New York
March 14, 2008

P A G E   8 2

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH 

ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE
None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures
As  required  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the 
Company’s management, with the participation of the Com-
pany’s  principal  executive  and  principal  financial  officers, 
evaluated the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures 
(as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  under  the 
Exchange  Act)  as  of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this 
annual  report  on  Form  10-K.  Based  on  this  evaluation  the 
Company’s  management,  including  the  Chief  Executive 
Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  concluded  that,  as  of 
December  31,  2007,  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures were effective to ensure that information required 
to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or sub-
mits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summa-
rized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  SEC 
rules and forms. 

(b) Management’s annual report on internal control over 
financial reporting
The management of the Company is responsible for establish-
ing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial 
reporting.  The  Company’s  internal  control  system  was 

designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  to  the  Company’s 
management  and  Board  of  Directors  regarding  the  prepara-
tion and fair presentation of published financial statements.

Any system of internal control, no matter how well designed, 
has inherent limitations, including the possibility that a con-
trol  can  be  circumvented  or  overridden  and  misstatements 
due  to  error  or  fraud  may  occur  and  not  be  detected.  Also, 
because  of  changes  in  conditions,  internal  control  effective-
ness  may  vary  over  time.  Accordingly,  projections  of  any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the 
risk that controls may become inadequate because of changed 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies 
or procedures may deteriorate.

The  management  of  the  Company  assessed  the  effectiveness 
of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as 
of  December  31,  2007.  In  making  its  assessment  of  internal 
control over financial reporting, management used the crite-
ria issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO)  in  Internal  Control—
Integrated  Framework.  Based  on  this  assessment,  the 
Company’s management concluded that, as of December 31, 
2007,  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  report-
ing is effective.

P A G E   8 3

(c) Report of independent registered public accounting firm

The Shareholders and Board of Directors
Sterling Bancorp:

We have audited Sterling Bancorp and subsidiaries’ (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 
31,  2007,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective 
internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, 
included in the accompanying management’s annual report over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). 
Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of 
internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design 
and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other proce-
dures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reli-
ability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures 
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispo-
sitions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit 
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expendi-
tures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and 
(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the 
company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

P A G E   8 4

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December  31,  2007,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), 
consolidated balance sheets of Sterling Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consoli-
dated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the 
three-year period ended December 31, 2007, and the consolidated statements of condition of Sterling National Bank and sub-
sidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and our report dated March 14, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on those 
consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP
New York, New York
March 14, 2008

P A G E   8 5

(d) Changes in internal control over financial reporting
No change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934) occurred during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2007 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely 
to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.

P A G E   8 6

P A R T   I I I

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information regarding executive officers required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K is furnished in a separate disclosure on page 
17 at the end of Part I of this report. The other information required by Item 10 will be in the parent company’s definitive proxy 
statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 within 120 days after December 31, 
2007 and is incorporated by reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by Item 11 will be in the parent company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 
14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 within 120 days after December 31, 2007 and is incorporated by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
See the information appearing in Note 16 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements beginning on page 65.

The  following  table  provides  information  as  of  December  31,  2007,  regarding  securities  issued  to  all  of  the  Company’s 
employees  under  equity  compensation  plans  that  were  in  effect  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  2007,  and  other 
equity compensation plan information.

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

Plan Category

Number of Securities
to be Issued
upon Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
(a)

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price of 
Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights
(b)

Number of Securities 
Remaining Available 
for Future Issuance under 
Equity Compensation 
Plans (excluding 
securities reflected 
in column (a))
(c)

Equity Compensation Plans approved by security holders 

1,764,690

Equity Compensation Plans not approved by security holders

—

TOTAL

1,764,690

$12.35

—

$12.35

458,533

—

458,533

The other information required by Item 12 will be in the parent company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 
14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 within 120 days after December 31, 2007 and is incorporated by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by Item 13 will be in the parent company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 
14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 within 120 days after December 31, 2007 and is incorporated by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 
The information required by Item 14 will be in the parent company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 
14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 within 120 days after December 31, 2007 and is incorporated by reference.

P A G E   8 7

P A R T   I V

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT 

10. 

SCHEDULES
(a)   The documents filed as a part of this report are listed 

below:

1.  Financial Statements
Sterling Bancorp
 Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 
and 2006
 Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended 
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  for 
the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 Consolidated  Statements  of  Changes  in  Shareholders’ 
Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 
and 2005
 Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows  for  the  Years 
Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

Sterling National Bank
 Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 
2007 and 2006

2.  Financial Statement Schedules
  None

3.  Exhibits
  3. 

(i)   Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  filed 
with  the  State  of  New  York  Department  of 
State, October 28, 2004 (Filed as Exhibit 3(i) 
to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter 
ended September 30, 2004 and incorporated 
herein by reference).

  4. 

(ii)    By-Laws as in effect on November 15, 2007 
(Filed  as  Exhibit  3(ii)  to  the  Registrant’s 
Form  8-K  dated  November  15,  2007  and 
filed  on  November  19,  2007  and  incorpo-
rated herein by reference).

(a)   Pursuant  to  Regulation  S-K,  Item  601(b)(4) 
(iii)(A),  no  instrument  which  defines  the 
rights  of  holders  of  long-term  debt  of  the 
Registrant  or  any  of  its  consolidated  sub-
sidiaries  is  filed  herewith.  Pursuant  to  this 
regulation,  the  Registrant  hereby  agrees  to 
furnish a copy of any such instrument to the 
SEC upon request. 

(b)   Shareholder  Protection  Rights  Agreement, 
dated  as  of  May  21,  1998,  between  the 
Registrant  and  ChaseMellon  Shareholder 
Services,  L.L.C.,  as  Rights  Agent  (Filed  as 
Exhibit  4.1  to  the  Registrant’s  Form  8-A 
dated June 15, 1998 and incorporated herein 
by reference).

P A G E   8 8

(i)(A)   Sterling  Bancorp  Stock  Incentive  Plan 
(Amended and Restated as of May 20, 2004) 
(Filed as Exhibit 10 to the Registrant’s Form 
10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  September  30, 
2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

(i)(B)   Form  of  Award  Letter  for  Non-Employee 
Directors  (Filed  as  Exhibit  10  to  the  Reg-
istrant’s  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended 
September 30, 2004 and incorporated herein 
by reference). 

(i)(C)    Form of Award Letter for Officers (Filed as 
Exhibit 10 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q for 
the  quarter  ended  September  30,  2004  and 
incorporated herein by reference).

(i)(D)    Form  of  Nonqualified  Stock  Option  Award 
(Filed  as  Exhibit  10(A)  to  the  Registrant’s 
Form 8-K dated March 18, 2005 and filed on 
March 24, 2005 and incorporated herein by 
reference).

(i)(E)    Form of Award Letter for Officers.

(ii)(A)    Sterling  Bancorp  Key  Executive  Incentive 
Bonus Plan (Filed as Exhibit C to the Reg-
is trant’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement,  dated 
March  13,  2001,  filed  on  March  16,  2001 
and incorporated herein by reference).

(iii)(A)   A mended  and  Restated  Employment 
Agreements dated March 22, 2002 for Louis 
J.  Cappelli  and  John  C.  Millman  (Filed  as 
Exhibits 10(i)(a) and 10(i)(b), respectively, to 
the  Reg istrant’s  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter 
ended March 31, 2002 and incorporated by 
reference herein).

(iii)(B)   Amendments  to  Employment  Agreements 
dated February 26, 2003 for Louis J. Cappelli 
and  John  C.  Millman  (Filed  as  Exhibits 
3.10(xiv)(a) and 3.10(xiv)(b), respectively, to 
the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year 
ended  December  31,  2002  and  incorporated 
herein by reference). 

  (iii)(C)   Amendments  to  Employment  Agreements 
dated February 24, 2004 for Louis J. Cappelli 
and  John  C.  Millman  (Filed  as  Exhibits 
10(xv)(a)  and  10(xv)(b),  respectively,  to  the 
Registrant’s Form 10-K dated December 31, 
2003  and  filed  on  March  12,  2004  and 
incorporated herein by reference).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
(iv)(C)    Form of Change of Control Severance Agree-
ment dated April 3, 2002 entered into between 
the  Registrant  and  one  executive  (Filed  as 
Exhibit 10(i) to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q 
for  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2002  and 
incorporated herein by reference).

  (iv)(D)    Form of Change of Control Severance Agree-
ment dated June 8, 2004 entered into between 
the  Registrant  and  one  executive  (Filed  as 
Exhibit 10(i) to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q 
for  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  2004  and 
incorporated herein by reference).

(iv)(E)    Form  of  Change  of  Control  Severance  and 
Retention Agreement, dated as of November 7, 
2006,  entered  into  between  the  Registrant 
and  one  officer  (filed  as  Exhibit  10  to  the 
Registrant’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
September 30, 2006 and incorporated herein 
by reference).

(iv)(F)    Form  of  Change  of  Control  Severance  and 
Retention Agreement, dated as of September 7, 
2006,  entered  into  between  the  Registrant 
and one officer.

   Statement  re:  Computation  of  Per  Share 

Earnings.

   Statement re: Computation of Ratios.
   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
   Consent  of  KPMG  LLP  Independent  Regis-

tered Public Accounting Firm.
  Rule 13a-14(a) Certifications.
  Section 1350 Certifications.

11. 

12. 
21. 
23. 

31.  
32.  

  (iii)(D)    Amendments  to  Employment  Agreements 
dated March 18, 2005 for Louis J. Cappelli 
and John C. Millman (Filed as Exhibits 10(B) 
and  10(C),  respectively,  to  the  Registrant’s 
Form 8-K dated March 18, 2005 and filed on 
March 24, 2005 and incorporated herein by 
reference).

(iii)(E)    Amendments  to  Employment  Agreements 
dated March 18, 2006 for Louis J. Cappelli 
and  John  C.  Millman  (Filed  as  Exhibits 
10(iii)(E)(a) and 10(iii)(E)(b), respectively, to 
the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year 
ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated 
herein by reference).

(iii)(F)    Amendments  to  Employment  Agreements 
dated March 15, 2007 for Louis J. Cappelli 
and  John  C.  Millman  (Filed  as  Exhibits 
10(iii)(F)(a) and 10(iii)(F)(b), respectively, to 
the  Registrant’s  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal 
year ended December 31, 2006 and incorpo-
rated herein by reference).

  (iii)(G)    Amendments  to  Employment  Agreements 

dated March 13, 2008:
  (a) For Louis J. Cappelli
  (b) For John C. Millman

(iv)(A)    Form of Change of Control Severance Agree-
ment entered into May 21, 1999 between the 
Registrant and each of six executives (Filed as 
Exhibit 10(ii) to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q 
for  the  quarter  ended  June  30,  1999  and 
incorporated herein by reference).

(iv)(B)   Amendment  to  Form  of  Change  of  Control 
Severance Agreement dated February 6, 2002 
entered into between the Registrant and each 
of four executives (Filed as Exhibit 10(ii) to 
the  Registrant’s  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter 
ended  March  31,  2002  and  incorporated 
herein by reference).

P A G E   8 9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S I G N A T U R E S

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the  Registrant  has  duly  caused 
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

STERLING BANCORP

/s/ Louis J. Cappelli

Louis J. Cappelli, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

March 14, 2008

Date

/s/ John W. Tietjen

John W. Tietjen, Executive Vice President
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

March 14, 2008

Date

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 
on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

March 14, 2008

(Date)

March 14, 2008

(Date)

March 14, 2008

(Date)

March 14, 2008

(Date)

March 14, 2008

(Date)

March 14, 2008

(Date)

March 14, 2008

(Date)

/s/ Louis J. Cappelli

Louis J. Cappelli
Director, Chairman and 
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ John W. Tietjen

John W. Tietjen
Executive Vice President
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/ John C. Millman

John C. Millman
Director

/s/ Joseph M. Adamko

Joseph M. Adamko
Director

/s/ Walter Feldesman

Walter Feldesman
Director

/s/ Henry J. Humphreys

Henry J. Humphreys
Director

/s/ Eugene T. Rossides

Eugene T. Rossides
Director

P A G E   9 0

STERLING BANCORP
STERLING NATIONAL BANK

m
o
c
.
s
r
o
n
n
o
c
-
n
a
r
r
u
c
.
w
w
w
/

.
c
n

I

,
s
r
o
n
n
o
C
&
n
a
r
r
u
C
y
b
d
e
n
g
i
s
e
D

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
www.sterlingbancorp.com

STERLING BANCORP
STERLING NATIONAL BANK

650 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10019-6108